-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, Eqh5CQK6pXLvXCcncWnnbtXH7ICU7s8IQkOz2Eump1qOiVQyjtMPnDbh+vJ6LwLc v2+I8Q/uJuAClRIkE8zH0g== 0001104659-03-021277.txt : 20030922 0001104659-03-021277.hdr.sgml : 20030922 20030922172926 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001104659-03-021277 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 12 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20030630 FILED AS OF DATE: 20030922 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001030469 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: STATE COMMERCIAL BANKS [6022] IRS NUMBER: 660538893 STATE OF INCORPORATION: PR FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 001-12647 FILM NUMBER: 03904743 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: MONACILLOS 1000 STREET 2: SAN ROBERTO ST CITY: RIO PIEDRAS STATE: PR ZIP: 00926 BUSINESS PHONE: 7877661986 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: MONACILLOS 1000 STREET 2: SAN ROBERTO ST CITY: RIO PIEDRAS STATE: PR ZIP: 00926 10-K 1 a03-3492_110k.htm 10-K

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

ý                                 Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2003, or

 

o                                 Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For the Transition Period from                 to                .

 

Commission File No. 001-12647

 

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Incorporated in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico

 

IRS Employer Identification No. 66-0259436

 

Principal Executive Offices:

1000 San Roberto Street
Professional Office Park SE 4th Floor
San Juan, Puerto Rico 00926

 

Telephone Number: (787) 771-6800

 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Common Stock
($1.00 par value per share)

 

7.125% Non-cumulative Monthly Income Preferred Stock, Series A

($1.00 par value per share, $25.00 liquidation preference per share)

 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes                            ý                                    No                              o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filings pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ý

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act)

Yes                            ý                                    No                              o

 

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of Oriental Financial Group Inc. (the “Group”) was $273.7 million based upon the reported closing price of $19.65 on the New York Stock Exchange as of December 31, 2002.

 

As of August 31, 2003, the Group had 17,657,764 shares of common stock outstanding.

Documents Incorporated By Reference

 

Portions of the Group’s annual report to security holders for fiscal year 2003 are incorporated by reference in response to items 7 through 8 of Part II.

 

Portion of the Group’s definitive proxy statement relating to the 2003 annual meeting of stockholders are incorporated by reference in response to Items 10 through 13 of Part III.

 

 



 

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.
FORM 10-K
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2003
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART - I

 

 

 

Item - 1

Business

Item - 2

Properties

Item - 3

Legal Proceedings

Item - 4

Submissions of Matters to the Vote of Security Holders

 

 

PART - II

 

 

 

Item - 5

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

Item - 6

Selected Financial Data

Item - 7

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item - 7A

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Item - 8

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Item - 9

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

 

PART - III

 

 

 

Item - 10

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

Item - 11

Executive Compensation

Item - 12

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

Item - 13

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

Item - 14

Controls and Procedures

 

 

PART - IV

 

 

 

Item - 15

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K

 

Signatures

 

Certifications

 

2



 

PART - I

 

ITEM 1 - BUSINESS

 

General

 

Except for historical information contained herein, the matters discussed in this report contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. When used in this report, or in the documents incorporated by reference herein, the words “anticipate”, “believe”, “estimate”, “may”, “intend”, “expect” and similar expressions identify certain of such forward-looking statements. Actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those contemplated, expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements contained herein. These forward-looking statements are based largely on the expectations of Oriental Financial Group Inc. (the “Group”) and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to, the risks and uncertainties associated with: the impact and effects of increased leverage, economic, competitive and other factors affecting the Group and its operations, markets, products and services, credit risks and the related sufficiency of its allowance for loan losses, changes in interest rates and economic policies, the success of technological, strategic and business initiatives, the profitability of its banking as well as non-banking initiatives, and other factors discussed elsewhere in this report filed by the Group with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Some of these factors are beyond the Group’s control.

 

The Group

 

The Group is a diversified, publicly-owned financial holding company, incorporated on June 14, 1996 under the laws of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, which provides a wide variety of financial services through its subsidiaries.

 

Oriental Bank and Trust (the “Bank”), the Group’s main subsidiary, is a full-service Puerto Rico commercial bank with its main office located in San Juan, Puerto Rico. The Bank has twenty-three branches located throughout Puerto Rico. The Bank was incorporated in 1964 as a federal mutual savings and loan association. It became a federal mutual savings bank in July 1983 and converted to a federal stock savings bank in April 1987. Its conversion from a federally-chartered savings bank to a commercial bank chartered under the banking laws of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, on June 30, 1994, allowed the Bank to more effectively pursue opportunities in its market and obtain more flexibility in its businesses, placing the Bank in the main stream of financial services in Puerto Rico. The Bank offers banking services such as mortgage, commercial and consumer lending, saving and time deposits products, financial planning, insurance, and corporate and individual trust services. The Bank has a wholly owned subsidiary, Oriental Mortgage Corporation (“Oriental Mortgage”), which is currently not in operation. The Bank operates an “international banking entity” under the name of “O.B.T. International Bank” (the “Oriental IBE”), as a division of the Bank, pursuant to the International Banking Center Regulatory Act of Puerto Rico, as amended (the “IBE Act”). As required by the IBE Act, the business and operations of the Oriental IBE are segregated from the Bank’s other business and operations.

 

Oriental Financial Services Corp. (“OFSC”) and Oriental Insurance Inc. (“Oriental Insurance”), are Puerto Rico corporations and the Group’s subsidiaries engaged in securities brokerage service and investment banking, insurance agency services, respectively. OFSC, a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the “NASD”) and the Securities Investor Protection Corporation, is a registered securities broker-dealer pursuant to Section 15(b) of the Exchange Act. OFSC does not carry customer accounts and is, accordingly, exempt from the Customer Protection Rule (SEC Rule 15c3-3) pursuant to subsection (k)(2)(ii) of such rule.

 

On January 22, 2003, OFSC was selected for the second time to serve as Senior Manager for two years, for the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico’s bond syndicate in partnership with Banc of America Securities LLC. OFSC has entered into four consulting services agreements with the following entities: Banc of America Securities LLC; Bank of America, N.A.; Bank of America Capital Management, LLC; and Bank of America Leasing and Capital, LLC.

 

In October 2001, Oriental Financial (PR) Statutory Trust I (the “Statutory Trust I”), a wholly owned special purpose statutory trust subsidiary of the Group organized under the laws of Connecticut, was formed for the purpose of issuing trust redeemable preferred securities, which were issued on December 18, 2001. On August 28, 2003, Oriental Financial (PR) Statutory Trust II (the “Statutory Trust II”) was formed by the Group under the laws of Connecticut for a proposed issue of trust redeemable preferred securities which were issued on September 17, 2003.

 

In January 2003, the Group acquired all of the outstanding common stock of Caribbean Pension Consultants, Inc. (“CPC”), a Florida Corporation headquartered in Boca Raton, Florida, which is engaged in the administration of retirement plans in the United States of America, Puerto Rico and the Bahamas.

 

The Group is subject to the provisions of the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, (the “Bank Holding Company Act”) and, accordingly, subject to the supervision and regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”). The Bank is regulated by various agencies in the United States and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.  Its main regulators are the Commissioner of Financial Institutions of Puerto Rico (the

 

3



 

“Commissioner”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). The FDIC insures the Bank’s deposits up to $100,000 per depositor.  The Bank is further subject to the regulation of the Puerto Rico Finance Board. Other agencies, such as the SEC, regulate additional aspects of the Group’s operations (see “Regulation and Supervision”). The SEC, the NASD and the Commissioner regulate the securities activities of OFSC. The Insurance Commissioner of Puerto Rico regulates the insurance activities of Oriental Insurance.

 

The Group is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank, OFSC, the Statutory Trusts, CPC and Oriental Insurance. There are various legal limitations governing the extent to which the Bank may extend credit, pay dividends or otherwise supply funds to, or engage in transactions with, the Group or its other subsidiaries.

 

Market Area and Business Segments

 

Puerto Rico, where the banking market is highly competitive, is the main geographic business and service area of the Group. As of June 30, 2003, Puerto Rico had 11 banking institutions with a total of approximately $70.4 billion in assets according to industry statistics published by the FDIC. The Group ranked 8th based on total assets at June 30, 2003. Puerto Rico banks are subject to the same federal laws, regulations and supervision that apply to similar institutions in the United States of America.

 

In addition, the Group competes with brokerage firms with retail operations, credit unions, cooperatives, small loan companies and mortgage banks in Puerto Rico. The Group encounters intense competition in attracting and retaining deposits and in its consumer and commercial lending activities.

 

Management believes that the Group has been able to compete effectively for deposits and loans by offering a variety of transaction account products and loans with competitive features, by emphasizing the quality of its service, by pricing its products at competitive interest rates and by offering convenient branch locations. The Group’s ability to originate loans depends primarily on the rates and fees charged and the service it provides to its borrowers in making prompt credit decisions.

 

The Group has three reportable segments: Treasury, Retail Banking and Financial Services.  Management determined the reportable segments based on the internal reporting used to evaluate performance and to assess where to allocate resources.  Other factors such as the Group’s organizational chart, nature of products, distribution channels and economic characteristics of the products were also considered in the determination of the reportable segments. The Group measures the performance of these reportable segments based on pre-established goals of different financial parameters such as net income, interest spread, loan production and fees generated.

 

The Group’s two largest business segments are retail banking and treasury. Retail banking includes the Bank’s branches and mortgage banking activities, with traditional banking products such as deposits and mortgage, commercial and consumer loans. The treasury segment encompasses all of the Group’s treasury functions.

 

The Bank’s lending activity is primarily with consumers located in Puerto Rico.  The Bank’s loan transactions include a diversified number of industries and activities, all of which are encompassed within three main categories: mortgage, commercial and consumer. The Bank’s loan portfolio has a higher concentration of residential mortgage loans followed by secured commercial loans and consumer loans. The Bank continues to concentrate the major share of its lending activities in mortgage originations, which represent low credit risk and highly lucrative returns. For more information see Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements incorporated by reference in this report.

 

The Group’s investment portfolio primarily consists of mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, U.S. Treasury notes, U.S. Government agency bonds, P.R. Government municipal bonds and money market investments.

 

Mortgage-backed securities, the largest component, consists principally of pools of residential loans that are made to consumers and then resold by the Government National Mortgage Corporation (the “GNMA”), Federal National Mortgage Association (the “FNMA”) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (the “FHLMC”) in the open market. For more information, see Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements incorporated by reference in this report.

 

The Group’s mortgage banking activities consist of the origination and purchase of mortgage loans and the subsequent sale in the secondary market.  The Group originates FHA (“Federal Housing Administration”) insured and VA-(“Veteran Administration”) guaranteed mortgages for issuance of GNMA mortgage-backed securities, and conventional mortgage loans for issuance of FNMA or FHLMC mortgage-backed securities, using another institution as an issuer. Mortgages included in the resulting GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC pools are serviced by another institution. The Group outsources the servicing of its mortgage loan portfolio to a third party.

 

The Group’s principal funding sources are securities sold under agreements to repurchase, branch deposits, public funds from government agencies, Federal Home Loan Bank (the “FHLB”) funds, subordinated capital notes and term

 

4



 

notes. Borrowings are the Bank’s largest funding source. It mainly consists of advances and borrowings from the FHLB, repurchase agreements, term notes, notes payable and lines of credit. Deposits represent the Bank’s second largest source of funding. Through its branch system, the Bank offers individual non-interest bearing checking accounts, savings accounts, personal interest-bearing checking accounts, certificates of deposit, individual retirement accounts (“IRA’s”) and commercial non-interest bearing checking accounts. The FDIC insures the Bank’s deposit accounts up to applicable limits. Management makes retail deposit pricing decisions periodically through the Assets and Liabilities Committee (the “ALCO”), which adjusts the rates paid on retail deposits in response to general market conditions and local competition. Pricing decisions take into account the rates being offered by other local banks, LIBOR and mainland United States market interest rates.

 

The Group’s third reportable business segment is financial services, which is comprised of the Bank’s trust division (“Oriental Trust”), the securities brokerage and investment banking subsidiary (OFSC), the insurance agency subsidiary (Oriental Insurance), and the retirement plan administration subsidiary (CPC). The core operations of this segment are financial planning, investment banking, money management, investment brokerages services, insurance sales activity, corporate and individual trust services, as well as pension plan administration services. Oriental Trust offers various types of IRA’s, custodian accounts and corporate trust accounts.  CPC manages 401(k) and Keogh retirement plans. OFSC offers a wide array of investment alternatives to its client base such as fixed and variable annuities, tax-advantaged fixed income securities, mutual funds, stocks and bonds. Oriental Insurance offers insurance products to its client base, such as fixed and variable annuities, property casualty and title insurance.

 

For more information regarding the performance of the Group’s reportable segments, please refer to Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements incorporated by reference in this report.

 

Regulation and Supervision

 

The Group is subject to ongoing regulation, supervision, and examination by the Federal Reserve Board, and is required to file with the Federal Reserve Board and the SEC periodic reports and other information concerning its own business operations and those of its subsidiaries. In addition, under the provisions of the Bank Holding Company Act, a bank holding company must obtain Federal Reserve Board approval before it acquires, directly or indirectly, ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of another bank. Furthermore, Federal Reserve Board approval must also be obtained before such a company acquires all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or merges or consolidates with another bank holding company. The Federal Reserve Board also has authority to issue cease and desist orders against holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries.

 

A bank holding company is prohibited under the Bank Holding Company Act, with limited exceptions, from engaging, directly or indirectly, in any business unrelated to the business of banking or of managing or controlling banks. One of the exceptions to these prohibitions permits ownership by a bank holding company of the shares of any company if the Federal Reserve Board, after due notice and opportunity for hearing, by regulation or order, has determined that the activities of the company in question are so closely related to the business of banking or of managing or controlling banks as to be incidental thereto.

 

Under Federal Reserve Board policy, a bank holding company such as the Group is expected to act as a source of financial strength to its main banking subsidiaries and to also commit support to them. This support may be required at times when, absent such policy, the bank holding company might not otherwise provide such support. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to the federal bank regulatory agency to maintain capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and be entitled to a priority of payment. In addition, any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks must be subordinated in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. The Bank is currently the only depository institution subsidiary of the Group.

 

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, signed into law on November 12, 1999, revised and expanded the provisions of the Bank Holding Company Act by including a new section that permits a bank holding company to elect to become a financial holding company to engage in a full range of activities that are “financial in nature”. The qualification requirements and the process for a bank holding company that elects to be treated as a financial holding company requires that all of the subsidiary banks controlled by the bank holding company at the time of election to become a financial holding company must be and remain at all times “well capitalized” and “well managed”.

 

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act further requires that, in the event that the bank holding company elects to become a financial holding company, the election must be made by filing a written declaration with the appropriate Federal Reserve Bank that: (i) states that the bank holding company elects to become a financial holding company; (ii) provides the name and head office address of the bank holding company and each depository institution controlled by the bank holding company; (iii) certifies that each depository institution controlled by the bank holding company is “well capitalized” as of the date the bank holding company submits its declaration; (iv) provides the capital ratios for all relevant capital measures as of the close of the previous quarter for each depository institution controlled by the bank holding company; and (v) certifies that each depository institution controlled by the bank holding company is “well managed” as of the date the bank holding

 

5



 

company submits its declaration. The bank holding company must have also achieved at least a rating of “satisfactory record of meeting community credit needs” under the Community Reinvestment Act during the institution’s most recent examination. On May 21, 2000, the Group elected to become a financial holding company pursuant to the provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.

 

Financial holding companies may engage, directly or indirectly, in any activity that is determined to be (i) financial in nature, (ii) incidental to such financial activity, or (iii) complementary to a financial activity provided it “does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally.” The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act specifically provides that the following activities have been determined to be “financial in nature”: (a) lending, trust and other banking activities; (b) insurance activities; (c) financial or economic advisory services; (d) securitization of assets; (e) securities underwriting and dealing; (f) existing bank holding company domestic activities; (g) existing bank holding company foreign activities; and (h) merchant banking activities.

 

In addition, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act specifically gives the Federal Reserve Board the authority, by regulation or order, to expand the list of “financial” or “incidental” activities, but requires consultation with the U.S. Treasury Department, and gives the Federal Reserve Board authority to allow a financial holding company to engage in any activity that is “complementary” to a financial activity and does not “pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally.”

 

The Bank is subject to extensive regulation and examination by the Commissioner and the FDIC, which insures its deposits to the maximum extent permitted by law, and is subject to certain Federal Reserve Board regulations of transactions with Bank affiliates. The federal and Puerto Rico laws and regulations which are applicable to the Bank, regulate, among other things, the scope of its business, its investments, its reserves against deposits, the timing of the availability of deposited funds and the nature and amount of and collateral for certain loans. In addition to the impact of such regulations, commercial banks are affected significantly by the actions of the Federal Reserve Board as it attempts to control the money supply and credit availability in order to influence the economy.

 

Holding Company Structure

 

The Bank is subject to restrictions under federal laws that limit the transfer of funds to its affiliates (including the Group), whether in the form of loans, other extensions of credit, investments or asset purchases, among others. Such transfers are limited to 10% of the transferring institution’s capital stock and surplus with respect to any affiliate (including the Group), and with respect to all affiliates to an aggregate of 20% of the transferring institution’s capital stock and surplus. Furthermore, such loans and extensions of credit are required to be secured in specified amounts.

 

Since the Group is a holding company, its right to participate in the assets of any subsidiary upon the latter’s liquidation or reorganization will be subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors (including depositors in the case of depository institution subsidiaries) except to the extent that the Group is a creditor with recognized claims against the subsidiary.

 

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDIA”), a depository institution (which definition includes both banks and savings associations), the deposits of which are insured by the FDIC, can be held liable for any loss incurred by, or reasonably expected to be incurred by, the FDIC in connection with (1) the default of a commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institution or (2) any assistance provided by the FDIC to any commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institution “in danger of default.” “Default” is defined generally as the appointment of a conservator or a receiver and “in danger of default” is defined generally as the existence of certain conditions indicating that default is likely to occur in the absence of regulatory assistance. The Bank is currently the only FDIC-insured depository institution subsidiary of the Group. In some circumstances (depending upon the amount of the loss or anticipated loss suffered by the FDIC), cross-guarantee liability may result in the ultimate failure or insolvency of one or more insured depository institutions in a holding company structure. Any obligation or liability owed by a subsidiary bank to its parent company is subordinated to the subsidiary bank’s cross-guarantee liability with respect to commonly controlled insured depository institutions.

 

Dividend Restrictions

 

The principal source of funds for the Group are dividends from the Bank. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends on its common stock is restricted by the Puerto Rico Banking Act of 1933, as amended (the “Puerto Rico Banking Act”), the FDIA and FDIC regulations. In general terms, the Puerto Rico Banking Act provides that when the expenditures of a bank are greater than receipts, the excess of expenditures over receipts shall be charged against the undistributed profits of the bank and the balance, if any, shall be charged against the required reserve fund of the bank. If there is no sufficient reserve fund to cover such balance in whole or in part, the outstanding amount shall be charged against the bank’s capital account.  The Puerto Rico Banking Act provides that until said capital has been restored to its original amount and the reserve fund to 20% of the original capital, the bank may not declare any dividends. In general terms, the FDIA and the FDIC regulations restrict the payment of dividends when a bank is undercapitalized, when a bank has failed to pay insurance assessments, or when there are safety and soundness concerns regarding a bank.

 

6



 

The payment of dividends by the Bank may also be affected by other regulatory requirements and policies, such as maintenance of adequate capital. If, in the opinion of the regulatory authority, a depository institution under its jurisdiction is engaged in, or is about to engage in, an unsafe or unsound practice (that, depending on the financial condition of the depository institution, could include the payment of dividends), such authority may require, after notice and hearing, that such depository institution cease and desist from such practice. The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement that provides that insured banks and bank holding companies should generally pay dividends only out of operating earnings for the current and preceding two years. In addition, all insured depository institutions are subject to the capital-based limitations required by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991(the “FDICIA”).

 

Federal Home Loan Bank System

 

The FHLB system, of which the Bank is a member, consists of 12 regional FHLBs governed and regulated by the Federal Housing Finance Board (the “FHFB”).  The FHLB’s serve as reserve or credit facilities for member institutions within their assigned regions.  They are funded primarily from proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB system.  They make loans (i.e., advances) to members in accordance with policies and procedures established by the FHLB and the boards of directors of each regional  FHLB.

 

As a system member, the Bank is entitled to borrow from the FHLB of New York (the “FHLB-NY”) and is required to own capital stock in the FHLB-NY in an amount equal to the greater of 1% of the aggregate of the unpaid principal of its home mortgage loans, home purchase contracts, and similar obligations at the beginning of each fiscal year, which for this purpose is deemed to be not less than 30% of assets or 5% of the total amount of advances by the FHLB-NY to the Bank. The Bank is in compliance with the stock ownership rules described above with respect to such advances, commitments and letters of credit and home mortgage loans and similar obligations. All loans, advances and other extensions of credit made by the FHLB-NY to the Bank are secured by a portion of the Bank’s mortgage loan portfolio, certain other investments and the capital stock of the FHLB-NY held by the Bank.

 

FDICIA

 

Under the FDICIA, the federal banking regulators must take prompt corrective action in respect of depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. The FDICIA and the regulations issued there under established five capital tiers: (i) “well capitalized”, if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or more, has a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or more, has a Tier I leverage capital ratio of 5.0% or more, and is not subject to any written capital order or directive; (ii) “adequately capitalized”, if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or more, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or more and a Tier I leverage capital ratio of 4.0% or more (3.0% under certain circumstances) and does not meet the definition of “well capitalized”, (iii) “undercapitalized”, if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a Tier I risk-based ratio that is less than 4.0% or a Tier I leverage capital ratio that is less than 4.0% (3.0% under certain circumstances), (iv) “significantly undercapitalized”, if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6.0%, a Tier I risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3.0% or a Tier I leverage capital ratio that is less than 3.0%, and (v) “critically undercapitalized”, if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%. A depository institution may be deemed to be in a capitalization category that is lower than is indicated by its actual capital position if it receives a less than satisfactory examination rating in any of the first four categories. As of June 30, 2003, the Bank is a “well-capitalized” institution.

 

The FDICIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distribution (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fees to its holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be undercapitalized. Undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to restrictions on borrowing from the Federal Reserve System. In addition, undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit capital restoration plans. A depository institution’s holding company must guarantee the capital plan, up to an amount equal to the lesser of  5% of the depository institution’s assets at the time it becomes undercapitalized or the amount of the capital deficiency when the institution fails to comply with the plan.  The federal banking agencies may not accept a capital plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the depository institution’s capital.  Significantly undercapitalized depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets, and cessation of receipt of deposits from corresponding banks. Critically undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.

 

Insurance of Accounts and FDIC Insurance Assessments

 

The FDIC insures the Bank’s deposit accounts up to the applicable limits. The insurance of deposit accounts by the FDIC subjects the Bank to comprehensive regulation, supervision, and examination by the FDIC.  If the Bank violates its duties as an insured institution, engages in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsound and unsafe condition, or has violated any applicable FDIC requirements, the FDIC may terminate the insurance of depository accounts of the Bank.

 

7



 

The Bank is subject to FDIC deposit insurance assessments. Pursuant to FDICIA, the FDIC has adopted a risk-based assessment system, under which the assessment rate for an insured depository institution varies according to the level of risk incurred in its activities. An institution’s risk category is based partly upon whether the institution is well capitalized, adequately capitalized or less than adequately capitalized. Each insured institution is also assigned to one of the following “supervisory subgroups”: “A”, “B”, or “C”.  Group “A” institutions, like the Bank, are financially sound institutions with only a few minor weaknesses; Group “B” institutions are institutions that demonstrate weaknesses that, if not corrected, could result in significant deterioration; and Group “C” institutions are institutions with respect to which there is a substantial probability that the FDIC will suffer a loss in connection with the institution unless effective action is taken to correct the areas of weakness.

 

On September 30, 1996, the Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996 (the “DIFA”) was enacted and signed into law. DIFA repealed the statutory minimum premium.  Thereafter, premiums related to deposits assessed by both the Bank Insurance Fund (the “BIF”) and the Savings Association Insurance Fund (the “SAIF”) are assessed at a rate of 0 to 27 basis points per $100 deposits based on the risk-based assessment. Currently, the Bank’s deposit insurance premium charged by the SAIF is $0.018 for every $100 of deposits.

 

Regulatory Capital Requirements

 

The Federal Reserve Board has adopted risk-based capital guidelines for bank holding companies. Under the guidelines the minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets is 8%. At least half of the total capital is to be comprised of common equity, retained earnings, minority interest in unconsolidated subsidiaries, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and the disallowed portion of deferred tax assets (“Tier 1 Capital”). The remainder may consist of a limited amount of subordinated debt, other preferred stock and a limited amount of loan and lease loss reserves (“Tier 2 Capital”).

 

The Federal Reserve Board has adopted regulations with respect to risk-based and leverage capital ratios that require most intangibles, including core deposit intangibles, to be deducted from Tier 1 Capital. The regulations, however, permit the inclusion of a limited amount of intangibles related to originated and purchased mortgage servicing rights and purchased credit card relationships and include a “grandfathered” provision permitting inclusion of certain existing intangibles.

 

In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has established minimum leverage ratio (Tier 1 Capital to quarterly average assets) guidelines for bank holding companies and member banks.  These guidelines provide for a minimum leverage ratio of 3% for bank holding companies and member banks that meet certain specified criteria, including that they have the highest regulatory rating. All other bank holding companies and member banks are required to maintain a leverage ratio of 3% plus an additional cushion of at least 100 to 200 basis points. The guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions are expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels, without significant reliance on intangible assets. Furthermore, the guidelines point out that the Federal Reserve Board will continue to consider a “ tangible Tier 1 leverage ratio” and other indicators of capital strength in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities.

 

Failure to meet the capital guidelines could subject an institution to a variety of enforcement remedies, including the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC, and to certain restrictions on its business.  At June 30, 2003, the Group was in compliance with all capital requirements. For more information, please refer to Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements incorporated by reference in this report.

 

Safety and Soundness Standards

 

Section 39 of the FDIA, amended by the FDICIA, requires each federal banking agency to prescribe for all insured depository institutions standards relating to internal control, information systems and internal audit system, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits and such other operational and managerial standards as the agency deems appropriate.  In addition, each federal banking agency also is required to adopt for all insured depository institutions and their holding companies standards that specify (i) a maximum ratio of classified assets to capital, (ii) minimum earnings sufficient to absorb losses without impairing capital, (iii) to the extent feasible, a minimum ratio of market value to book value for publicly-traded shares of the institution or holding company, and (iv) such other standards relating to asset quality, earnings and valuation as the agency deems appropriate.  Finally, each federal banking agency is required to prescribe standards for the employment contracts and other compensation arrangements of executive officers, employees, directors and principal stockholders of insured depository institutions that would prohibit compensation, benefits and other arrangements that are excessive or that could lead to a material financial loss for the institution.  If an insured depository institution or its holding company fails to meet any of the standards described above, it will be required to submit to the appropriate federal banking agency a plan specifying the steps that will be taken to cure the deficiency.  If an institution or holding company fails to submit an acceptable plan or fails to implement the plan, the appropriate federal banking agency will require the institution or holding company to correct the deficiency and, until it is corrected, may impose other restrictions on the institution or holding company, including any of the restrictions applicable under the prompt corrective action provisions of FDICIA.

 

8



 

In August 1995, the FDIC and the other federal banking agencies published Interagency Guidelines Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness that, among other things, set forth standards relating to internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit, underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth and employee compensation.

 

Activities and Investments of Insured State-Chartered Banks

 

Section 24 of the FDIA, as amended by the FDICIA, generally limits the activities and equity investments of FDIC-insured, state-chartered banks to those that are permissible for national banks.  Under FDIC regulations of equity investments, an insured state bank generally may not directly or indirectly acquire or retain any equity investment of a type, or in an amount, that is not permissible for a national bank.  An insured state bank, such as the Bank, is not prohibited from, among other things, (i) acquiring or retaining a majority interest in a subsidiary, (ii) investing as a limited partner in a partnership the sole purpose of which is direct or indirect investment in the acquisition, rehabilitation or new construction of a qualified housing project, provided that such limited partnership investments may not exceed 2% of the bank’s total assets, (iii) acquiring up to 10% of the voting stock of a company that solely provides or reinsures directors’, trustees’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage or bankers’ blanket bond group insurance coverage for insured depository institutions, and (iv) acquiring or retaining the voting shares of a depository institution if certain requirements are met.

 

In December 1993, the FDIC adopted amendments to its regulations governing the activities and investments of insured state banks that further implemented Section 24 of the FDIA, as amended by FDICIA.  Under the amendments, an insured state-chartered bank may not, directly, or indirectly through a subsidiary, engage as “principal” in any activity that is not permissible for a national bank unless the FDIC has determined that such activities would pose no risk to the insurance fund of which it is a member and the bank is in compliance with applicable regulatory capital requirements.  Any insured state-chartered bank directly or indirectly engaged in any activity that is not permitted for a national bank must cease the impermissible activity.

 

Transactions with Affiliates and Related Parties

 

Transactions between the Bank and any of its affiliates are governed by sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. These sections are important statutory provisions designed to protect a depository institution from transfer to its affiliates the subsidy arising from the institution’s access to the Federal safety net. An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank. Generally, sections 23A and 23B (1) limit the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of the bank’s capital stock and surplus, and limit such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus, and (2) require that all such transactions be on terms that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The term “covered transactions” includes the making of loans, purchase of or investment in securities issued by the affiliate, purchase of assets, issuance of guarantees and other similar types of transactions. Most loans by a bank to any of its affiliates must be secured by collateral in amounts ranging from 100 to 130 percent of the loan amount, depending on the nature of the collateral. In addition, any covered transaction by a bank with an affiliate and any sale of assets or provision of services to an affiliate must be on terms that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the bank as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies.

 

On October 31, 2002, the Federal Reserve Bank Board adopted a new regulation, Regulation W, effective April 1, 2003, that comprehensively implements sections 23A and 23B. The regulation unifies and updates staff interpretations issued over the years, incorporates several new interpretative proposals (such as to clarify when transactions with an unrelated third party will be attributed to an affiliate), and addresses new issues arising as a result of the expanded scope of non-banking activities engaged in by banks and bank holding companies in recent years and authorized for financial holding companies under the Gramm-Leach Bliley Act (“GLB Act”).

 

Sections 22(g) and (h) of the Federal Reserve Act place restrictions on loans by a bank to executive officers, directors, and principal stockholders. Under Section 22(h), loans to a director, an executive officer and to a greater than 10% stockholder of a bank and certain of their related interests (“insiders”) and insiders of affiliates, may not exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such person and related interests, the bank’s loans-to-one-borrower limit (generally equal to 15% of the institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus). Section 22(h) also requires that loans to insiders and to insiders of affiliates be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions to other persons, unless the loans are made pursuant to a benefit or compensation program that (i) is widely available to employees of the bank and (ii) does not give preference to insiders over other employees of the bank. Section 22(h) also requires prior board of directors approval for certain loans, and the aggregate amount of extensions of credit by a bank to all insiders cannot exceed the institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Furthermore, Section 22(g) places additional restrictions on loans to executive officers.

 

Community Reinvestment Act

 

Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), as implemented by the Congress in 1977, a financial institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with its safe and sound operation, to help meet

 

9



 

the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA requires federal examiners, in connection with the examination of a financial institution, to assess the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution. The CRA also requires all institutions to make public disclosure of their CRA ratings. The Group has a Compliance Committee, which oversees the planning of products, and services offered to the community, especially those aimed to serve low and moderate income communities. The FDIC rated the Bank as “satisfactory” in meeting community credit needs under the CRA at its most recent examination for CRA performance.

 

USA Patriot Act

 

On October 26, 2001, the President signed into law comprehensive anti-terrorism legislation known as the USA Patriot Act. Title III of the USA Patriot Act requires financial institutions to help prevent, detect and prosecute international money laundering and the financing of terrorism. The effectiveness of a financial institution in combating money laundering activities is a factor to be considered in any application submitted by the financial institution under the Bank Merger Act, which applies to the Bank, or the Bank Holding Company Act, which applies to the Group. The Group and its subsidiaries, including the Bank, have adopted systems and procedures to comply with the USA Patriot Act and regulations adopted thereunder by the Secretary of the Treasury.

 

Privacy Policies

 

Under the Graham-Leach-Bliley Act, all financial institutions are required to adopt privacy policies, restrict the sharing of nonpublic customer data with nonaffiliated parties at the customer’s request, and establish procedures and practices to protect customer data from unauthorized access. The Group and its subsidiaries have established policies and procedures to assure the Group’s compliance with all privacy provisions of the Graham-Leach-Bliley Act.

 

Corporate Governance of Publicly Traded Companies

 

On July 30, 2002 the Sarbanes-Oxley Act was signed into law. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act addresses, among other issues, director and officer responsibilities for proper corporate governance of publicly traded companies, including the establishment of audit committees, certification of financial statements, auditor independence and accounting standards, executive compensation, insider loans, whistleblower protection, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. In general, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act is intended to allow stockholders to monitor more effectively the performance of publicly traded companies and their management. Provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act became effective from within 30 days to one year from its enactment. Effective August 29, 2002, the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of the Group are required to certify, among other things, that the Group’s quarterly and annual reports do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading. The SEC has been delegated responsibility to enact rules to implement this and other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

Puerto Rico Banking Act

 

As a Puerto Rico-chartered commercial bank, the Bank is subject to regulation and supervision by the Commissioner under the Puerto Rico Banking Act, which contains provisions governing the incorporation and organization, rights and responsibilities of directors, officers and stockholders as well as the corporate powers, savings, lending, capital and investment requirements and other aspects of the Bank and its affairs.  In addition, the Commissioner is given extensive rulemaking power and administrative discretion under the Puerto Rico Banking Act.  The Commissioner generally examines the Bank at least once every year.

 

The Puerto Rico Banking Act requires that at least 10% of the yearly net income of the Bank be credited annually to a reserve fund.  This apportionment shall be done every year until the reserve fund shall be equal to the total of paid-in capital on common and preferred stock. As of June 30, 2003, the Bank’s capital reserve fund was $21,099,000, which was within the required parameters.

 

The Puerto Rico Banking Act also provides that when the expenditures of a bank are greater that the receipts, the excess of the former over the latter shall be charged against the undistributed profits of the bank, and the balance, if any, shall be charged against the reserve fund, as a reduction thereof.  If there is no reserve fund sufficient to cover such balance in whole or in part, the outstanding amount shall be charged against the capital account and no dividend shall be declared until said capital has been restored to its original amount and the reserve fund to 20% of the original capital.

 

The Puerto Rico Banking Act further requires every bank to maintain a legal reserve which shall not be less than 20% of its demand liabilities, except government deposits (federal, state and municipal) which are secured by actual collateral.

 

The Puerto Rico Banking Act also requires change of control filings.  When any person or entity will own, directly or indirectly, upon consummation of a transfer, 5% or more of the outstanding voting capital stock of a bank, the acquiring

 

10



 

parties must inform the Commissioner of the details not less than 60 days prior to the date said transfer is to be consummated.  The transfer shall require the approval of the Commissioner if it results in a change of control of the bank.  Under the Puerto Rico Banking Act, a change of control is presumed if an acquirer who did not own more than 5% of the voting capital stock before the transfer exceeds such percentage after the transfer.

 

The Puerto Rico Banking Act generally restricts the amount a bank can lend to one borrower. Section 17 of Puerto Rico Banking Law 55, prohibits one or more loans to a same person, firm, partnership, corporation or related parties financially dependent, in aggregate amount that exceeds 15% of common or preferred stock issued, paid in capital and reserve funds. Section 2 of Chapter VIII of the regulations of the Office of Commissioner of Financial Institutions of Puerto Rico, expands the above limitation to include 15% of the 50% of retained earnings. However, this additional lending limit is only allowed to institutions with: (1) a rating of “1” on their last regulatory examination and (2) classification of a “well-capitalized” institution, with the following exceptions:  (a) The 15% limitation is not applicable to loans guaranteed by collateral having a fair value of at least 25% more than the loan amount. This excludes readily marketable collateral described in item (c); (b) The limitation is not applicable to letters of credit or guarantees; and (c) The limitation is not applicable to loans guaranteed by bonds, securities and debts of the government of the United States or Puerto Rico or Puerto Rico governmental agencies and municipalities.  Institutions well-capitalized with a rating of “2” (The Bank’s present situation) should obtain previous authorization of the Commissioner for the additional lending limit. As of June 30, 2003, there were no loans that exceeded the maximum amount that the Bank could have loaned to one borrower.

 

The Puerto Rico Finance Board, which is composed of the Commissioner, the President of the Government Development Bank for Puerto Rico, the President of the Puerto Rico Housing Bank and the Puerto Rico Secretaries of Commerce, Treasury and Consumer Affairs and three public interest representatives, has the authority to regulate the maximum interest rates and finance charges that may be charged on loans to individuals and unincorporated businesses in the Commonwealth. The Puerto Rico Finance Board promulgates regulations that specify maximum rates on various types of loans to individuals.

 

The current regulations of the Puerto Rico Finance Board provide that the applicable interest rate on loans to individuals and unincorporated businesses (including real estate development loans, but excluding certain other personal and commercial loans secured by mortgages on real estate property) is to be determined by free competition. The Puerto Rico Finance Board also has the authority to regulate maximum finance charges on retail installment sales contracts and for credit card purchases.  There is presently no maximum rate for retail installment sales contracts and for credit card purchases.

 

International Banking Entity Act

 

The business and operations of the Oriental IBE are subject to supervision and regulation by the Commissioner.  Under the IBE Act, no sale, encumbrance, assignment, merger, exchange or transfer of shares, interest or participation in the capital of an international banking entity (an “IBE”) may be initiated without the prior approval of the Commissioner, if by such transaction a person would acquire, directly or indirectly, control of 10% or more of any class of stock, interest or participation in the capital of the IBE.  The IBE Act and the regulations issued thereunder by the Commissioner (the “IBE Regulations”) limit the business activities that may be carried out by an IBE.  Such activities are limited in part to persons and assets located outside of Puerto Rico.  The IBE Act provides further that every IBE must have not less than $300,000 of unencumbered assets or acceptable financial guarantees.

 

Pursuant to the IBE Act and the IBE Regulations, the Oriental IBE must maintain books and records of all its transactions in the ordinary course of business.  The Oriental IBE is also required to submit to the Commissioner quarterly and annual reports of its financial condition and results of operations, including annual audited financial statements.

 

The IBE Act empowers the Commissioner to revoke or suspend, after notice and hearing, a license issued thereunder if, among other things, the IBE fails to comply with the IBE Act, the IBE Regulations or the terms of its license, or if the Commissioner finds that the business or affairs of the IBE are conducted in a manner that is not consistent with the public interest.

 

IBEs are currently exempt from taxation under Puerto Rico law.  However, on September 8, 2003, a bill was introduced into the Puerto Rico House of Representatives to amend the IBE Act.  The bill has been designated as House Bill 4035. This bill, if approved by both houses of the Legislature of Puerto Rico and signed into law by the Governor of Puerto Rico, would impose, immediately after its approval, effective for taxable years commencing July 1, 2003, income taxes at normal statutory rates on certain IBEs, such as the Oriental IBE, which operate as a unit of a Puerto Rico bank, if the IBE's net income exceeds 20% of the net income of the bank including the IBE’s net income for these purposes (i.e., excess net income).  The proposed taxation would only apply to the excess net income of such IBEs.  

 

House Bill 4035 does not impose income taxation on an IBE that operates as a bank's subsidiary.  In light of this, the Group has filed with the Commissioner an application to operate a new IBE as a subsidiary of the Bank (the "Oriental IBE Subsidiary").  The Group intends to transfer Oriental IBE's assets to the Oriental IBE Subsidiary if House Bill 4035 becomes law.  Upon the consummation of such transfer of assets, the income tax exemption of such activities is expected to be maintained. The Group cannot give any assurance, however, that the proposed legislation will not be modified in a manner to reduce the tax benefits available to the Group through the proposed Oriental IBE Subsidiary.

 

Employees

 

At June 30, 2003, the Group employed 513 persons. None of its employees is represented by a collective bargaining group. The Group considers its employee relations to be good.

 

ITEM 2 - PROPERTIES

 

The Group leases its main offices located at Professional Offices Park, 1000 San Roberto Street, San Juan, Puerto Rico. The executive office, treasury, trust division, brokerage, investment banking, insurance services, and back-office support departments are at such location. The computer back-up and disaster recovery systems are at a separate location at 908 State Road, Humacao, Puerto Rico.

 

11



 

The Bank owns seven branch premises and leases sixteen branch commercial offices throughout Puerto Rico. The Bank’s management believes that each of its facilities is well maintained and suitable for its purpose and can readily obtain appropriate additional space as may be required at competitive rates by extending expiring leases or finding alternative space.

 

At June 30, 2003, the aggregate future rental commitments under the terms of the leases, exclusive of taxes, insurance and maintenance expenses payable by the Group, was $9.8 million.

 

The principal property owned by the Group for banking operations and other services is Las Cumbres Building, a two-story structure located at 1990 Las Cumbres Avenue, San Juan, Puerto Rico. The mortgage banking division, a branch and insurance services, are the main activities conducted at this location. The book value of this property at June 30, 2003, was $1.4 million.

 

The Group’s investment in premises and equipment, exclusive of leasehold improvements, at June 30, 2003, was $10.8 million.

 

ITEM 3  - LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

On August 14, 1998, as a result of a review of its accounts in connection with the admission by a former Group officer of having embezzled funds, and manipulated bank accounts and records, the Group became aware of certain irregularities. The Group notified the appropriate regulatory authorities and commenced an intensive investigation with the assistance of forensic accountants, fraud experts and legal counsel. The investigation determined losses of $9.6 million ($5.8 net of tax) resulting from dishonest and fraudulent acts and omissions involving several former Group employees, which were submitted to the Group’s fidelity insurance policy (“Policy”) issued by Federal Insurance Company, Inc. (“FIC”). In the opinion of the Group’s management, its legal counsel and experts, the losses determined by the investigation were covered by the policy. However, FIC denied all claims for such losses. On August 11, 2000, the Group filed a lawsuit in the United States District Court for the district of Puerto Rico against FIC, a stock insurance corporation organized under the laws of the State of Indiana, for breach of insurance contract, breach of covenant of good faith and fair dealing and damages, seeking payment of the Group’s $9.6 million insurance claim loss and the payment of consequential damages of no less than $13.0 million resulting from FIC capricious, arbitrary fraudulent and without cause denial of the Group’s claim. The trial in this case, although scheduled to be held on September 2, 2003, was postponed by the court as a result of certain open procedural matters and the court’s obligation to give priority to criminal trials over civil trials under the Speedy Trial Act. The court does intend on trying this case on a preferred basis, if applicable, when an appropriate opening in the civil calendar is available.  The losses resulted from such dishonest and fraudulent acts and omissions were expensed in prior years.

 

In addition, the Group and its subsidiaries are defendants in a number of legal proceedings incidental to their business. The Group is vigorously contesting such claims. Based upon a review by legal counsel and the development of these matters to date, management is of the opinion that the ultimate aggregate liability, if any, resulting from these claims will not have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

ITEM 4  - SUBMISSIONS OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

Not applicable.

 

PART - II

 

ITEM 5 - MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The Group’s common stock is traded in the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol “OFG”. Information concerning the range of high and low sales prices for the Group’s common stock for each quarter during fiscal year 2003 and the previous three fiscal years, as well as cash dividends declared for fiscal years ended June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001 are contained in Table 7 (“Capital, Dividends and Stock Data”) and under the “Stockholders’ Equity” caption in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) and is incorporated herein by reference from portions of the 2003 Annual Report to shareholders filed as Exhibit 13.0.

 

Information concerning legal or regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends by the Group and the Bank is contained under the caption “Dividend Restrictions” in Item 1 of this report.

 

The Group has approximately 2,000 holders of record of its common stock, including all directors and officers of the Group, excluding beneficial owners whose shares are held in “street” name by securities broker-dealers or other nominees.

 

On January 29, 2002, the Group declared a 10% stock dividend on common stock held by shareholders of record as of April 1, 2002. As a result, 1,249,125 shares of common stock were distributed on April 15, 2002. Also, on October 28, 2002, the Group declared a twenty-five percent (25%) stock split effected in the form of a dividend on common stock held by shareholders of record as of December 30, 2002. As a result, 3,864,800 shares of common stock were distributed on January 15, 2003.

 

The Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994, as amended, generally imposes a withholding tax on the amount of any

 

12



 

dividends paid by Puerto Rico corporations to individuals, whether residents of Puerto Rico or not, trusts, estates, and special partnerships at a special 10% withholding tax rate. Dividends distributed by Puerto Rico corporations to foreign corporations or partnerships not engaged in trade or business in Puerto Rico are also generally subject to withholding tax at a 10% rate. Prior to the first dividend distribution for the taxable year, such shareholders may elect to be taxed on the dividends at the regular rates, in which case the special 10% tax will not be withheld from such year’s distributions.

 

United States citizens who are non-residents of Puerto Rico will not be subject to Puerto Rico tax on dividends if said individual’s gross income from sources within Puerto Rico during the taxable year does not exceed $1,300 if single, or $3,000 if married, and form AS 2732 of the Puerto Rico Treasury Department “Withholding Tax Exemption Certificate for the Purpose of Section 1147” is filed with the withholding agent. U.S. income tax law permits a credit against the U.S. income tax liability, subject to certain limitations, for certain foreign income taxes paid or deemed paid with respect to such dividends.

 

The Group has four stock options plans: the 1988, 1996, 1998 and 2000 Incentive Stock Option Plans, all  of which were approved by the Group’s stockholders. These plans offer key officers and employees an opportunity to purchase shares of the Group’s common stock. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors has sole authority and absolute discretion as to the number of stock options to be granted, their vesting rights, and the options exercise price. The following table shows certain information pertaining to the plans:

 

 

 

(a)

 

(b)

 

(c)

 

Plan Category

 

Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options.

 

Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options

 

Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding those
reflected in column (a))

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1988 Plan

 

81,360

 

$

5.41

 

 

1996 Plan

 

501,260

 

14.10

 

602,021

 

1998 Plan

 

807,748

 

11.69

 

75,665

 

2000 Plan

 

485,676

 

9.23

 

 

Total

 

1,876,044

 

$

11.42

 

677,686

 

 

For more information, please refer to Notes 1 and 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements incorporated by reference in this report.

 

ITEM 6 - SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from portions of 2003 Annual Report filed as Exhibit 13.0. The following ratios of the Group should be read in conjunction with the portions of 2003 Annual Report filed as Exhibit 13.0. Selected financial data are presented for five fiscal years.

 

The ratios shown below demonstrate the Group’s ability to generate sufficient earnings to pay the fixed charges or expenses of its debt and preferred stock dividends. The Group’s consolidated ratios of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends were computed by dividing earnings by combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends, as specified below, using two different assumptions, one excluding interest on deposits and the second including interest on deposits:

 

 

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

1999

 

Consolidated Ratios of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Excluding Interest on Deposits

 

2.10

1.69

x

2.17

x

1.89

x

2.24

x

Including Interest on Deposits

 

1.65

x

1.42

x

1.06

x

1.20

x

1.40

x

 

For purposes of computing the consolidated ratios of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends, earnings consist of pre-tax income from continuing operations plus fixed charges and amortization of

 

13



 

capitalized interest, less interest capitalized.  Fixed charges consist of interest expensed and capitalized, amortization of debt issuance costs, and the Group’s estimate of the interest component of rental expense.  The term “preferred stock dividends” is the amount of pre-tax earnings that is required to pay dividends on the Group’s outstanding preferred stock. As of June 30, 2003, 2002, 2001, 2000 and 1999, the Group had non-cummulative preferred stock issued and outstanding amounting to $33,500,000 or 1,340,000 shares at a $25 liquidation value.

 

ITEM 7 - MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from portions of the 2003 Annual Report to shareholders filed as Exhibit 13.0.

 

ITEM 7A - QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

The information regarding the market risk of the Group is incorporated herein by reference from portions of the 2003 Annual Report to shareholders filed as Exhibit 13.0, under caption “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk”.

 

ITEM 8 - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from portions of the 2003 Annual Report to shareholders filed as Exhibit 13.0. The Consolidated Financial Statements included in such  report sets forth the listing of all reports required by this item and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 9 - CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

Not applicable.

 

item 9-A - Controls and Procedures

 

As of the end of the period covered by this annual report on Form 10-K, an evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of the Group’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Acting Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Group’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon that evaluation, the Group’s management, including the CEO and the Acting CFO, concluded that as of the evaluation date the Group’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report. There have been no significant changes in the Group’s internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect subsequent to the date of the evaluation, the Group’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data

 

PART - III

 

Items 10 through 13 will be provided by incorporating the information required under such items by reference to the Group’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report.

 

PART - IV

 

ITEM 15 - EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

 

A1 - Financial Statements

 

The list of financial statements required by this item is set forth in the Financial Data Index of this report.

 

A2 - Financial Statements Schedules

 

No schedules are presented because the information is not applicable or is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or in the notes thereto described in A1 above.

 

B - Reports on Form 8-K

 

Current report on Form 8-K, dated April 21, 2003, reporting under Item 5 the release of the Group’s financial results for the quarter and nine-month period ended March 31, 2003.

 

14



 

C - Exhibits

 

EXHIBIT NO.:

 

DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT:

 

 

 

3(i)

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.(1)

3(ii)

 

By-Laws.(2)

10.1

 

Employment Agreement between José Rafael Fernández and the Group. (3)

10.2

 

Employment Agreement between Marcial Díaz and the Group. (4)

10.3

 

1996 Incentive Stock Option Plan.(5)

10.4

 

1998 Incentive Stock Option Plan.(6)

10.5

 

2000 Incentive Stock Option Plan.(7)

13

 

Portions of annual report to security holders incorporated herein by reference.

21

 

List of Subsidiaries

22

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

23

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

31.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

31.2

 

Certification of Acting Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.2

 

Certification of Acting Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

99.1

 

Unqualified Audit Opinion of previous external auditors - PriceWaterhouseCoopers LLP

 


1.              Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3 of the Group’s registration statement on Form S-3 filed with the SEC on  April 2, 1999.

 

2.              Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3(ii)  of the Group’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on  August 25, 2002.

 

3.              Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of the Group’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on September 28, 2001.

 

4.              Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the Group’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on September 28, 2001.

 

5.              Incorporated by reference from the Group’s definitive proxy statement for the 1997 annual meeting of stockholders filed with the SEC on September 19, 1997.

 

6.              Incorporated by reference from the Group’s definitive proxy statement for the 1998 annual meeting of stockholders filed with the SEC on September 29, 1998.

 

7.              Incorporated by reference from the Group’s definitive proxy statement for the 2000 annual meeting of stockholders filed with the SEC on November 17, 2000.

 

15



 

Signatures

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

 

 

By:

 /s/ José E. Fernández

 

Dated:

September 22, 2003

 

José E. Fernández
Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Norberto González

 

Dated:

September 22, 2003

 

Norberto González
Executive Vice President and
Acting Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dated indicated.

 

 

By:

 /s/ José E. Fernández

 

Dated:

September 22, 2003

 

José E. Fernández
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Pablo I. Altieri

 

Dated:

September 22, 2003

 

Dr. Pablo I. Altieri
Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Diego Perdomo

 

Dated:

September 22, 2003

 

Diego Perdomo
Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Efraín Archilla

 

Dated:

September 22, 2003

 

Efraín Archilla
Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Julián Inclán

 

Dated:

September 22, 2003

 

Julián Inclán
Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Emilio Rodríguez, Jr.

 

Dated:

September 22, 2003

 

Emilio Rodríguez, Jr.
Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Alberto Richa

 

Dated:

September 22, 2003

 

Alberto Richa
Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Francisco Arriví

 

Dated:

September 22, 2003

 

Francisco Arriví
Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Miguel Vázquez Deynes

 

Dated:

September 22, 2003

 

Miguel Vázquez Deynes

 

 

 

Director

Dated:

September 22, 2003

 

 

16


EX-13 3 a03-3492_1ex13.htm EX-13

EXHIBIT 13.0

 

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

FORM-10K

FINANCIAL DATA INDEX

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Independent Auditors’ Report

 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of June 30, 2003 and 2002

 

Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2003

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and of Comprehensive Income for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2003

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2003

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

FINANCIAL REVIEW AND SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

 

Selected Financial Data

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

1



 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Oriental Financial Group Inc.

San Juan, Puerto Rico

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Oriental Financial Group Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) as of June 30, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, comprehensive income, and cash flows for the years then ended.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Group’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.  The financial statements of the Group for the year ended June 30, 2001, before the reclassifications described in Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements, were audited by other auditors whose report, dated August 17, 2001, expressed an unqualified opinion on those statements and included an explanatory paragraph indicating that the Group changed its method of accounting for derivative instruments effective July 1, 2000, and that the effect was accounted for as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, as discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Oriental Financial Group Inc. and its subsidiaries as of June 30, 2003 and 2002 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

We also audited the adjustments described in Note 16 that were applied to reclassify certain amounts in the segment reporting note to the 2001 consolidated financial statements to give retroactive effect to the Group’s change in reportable segments. In our opinion, such adjustments are appropriate and have been properly applied.

 

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Juan, Puerto Rico

September 11, 2003

 

Stamp No.  1924256

affixed to original.

 

F-1



 

PART 1 - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1 - Financial Statements

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION JUNE 30, 2003 AND 2002

(In thousands, except shares information)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

15,945

 

$

9,280

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments:

 

 

 

 

 

Money market investments

 

787

 

1,032

 

Time deposits with other banks

 

365

 

 

Short term investments

 

1,152

 

1,032

 

Trading securities, at fair value with amortized cost of $998 (June 30, 2002 - $9,186)

 

1,037

 

9,259

 

Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair value with amortized cost of $2,162,480
(June 30, 2002 - $1,695,106):

 

 

 

 

 

Securities pledged that can be repledged

 

1,446,385

 

1,031,274

 

Other investment securities

 

761,219

 

698,550

 

Total investment securities available-for-sale

 

2,207,604

 

1,729,824

 

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock, at cost

 

22,537

 

17,320

 

Total investments

 

2,232,330

 

1,757,435

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities and loans sold but not yet delivered

 

1,894

 

71,750

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

Loans held-for-sale, at lower of cost or market

 

9,198

 

9,360

 

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $5,031 (June 30, 2002 - $3,039)

 

719,264

 

567,410

 

Total loans, net

 

728,462

 

576,770

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

17,716

 

15,698

 

Foreclosed real estate, net

 

536

 

476

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

16,162

 

17,988

 

Other assets, net

 

26,423

 

34,913

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

3,039,468

 

$

2,484,310

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

Savings and demand

 

$

224,514

 

$

190,149

 

Time and IRA accounts

 

817,895

 

777,083

 

 

 

1,042,409

 

967,232

 

Accrued interest

 

1,856

 

1,618

 

Total deposits

 

1,044,265

 

968,850

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings:

 

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

1,400,598

 

996,869

 

Advances from FHLB

 

130,000

 

208,200

 

Subordinated capital notes

 

35,000

 

35,000

 

Term notes

 

15,000

 

15,000

 

Total borrowings

 

1,580,598

 

1,255,069

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities purchased but not yet received

 

152,219

 

56,195

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

60,706

 

37,767

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

2,837,788

 

2,317,881

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $1 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; $25 liquidation value; 1,340,000 shares issued and outstanding

 

33,500

 

33,500

 

Common stock, $1 par value; 40,000,000 shares authorized; 19,684,343 shares issued
(June 30, 2002 - 15,299,698 shares)

 

19,684

 

15,300

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

57,236

 

52,670

 

Legal surplus

 

21,099

 

15,997

 

Retained earnings

 

106,358

 

75,806

 

Treasury stock, at cost, 2,025,363 shares  (June 30, 2002 - 1,534,191 shares)

 

(35,888

)

(33,674

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax effect of $1,566
(June 30, 2002 - $1,977)

 

(309

)

6,830

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

201,680

 

166,429

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

3,039,468

 

$

2,484,310

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2



 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2003, 2002 AND 2001

(In thousands, except per share information)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$

51,486

 

$

46,055

 

$

38,762

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

96,225

 

91,899

 

66,916

 

Investment securities

 

3,739

 

2,683

 

9,975

 

Short term investments

 

296

 

1,058

 

4,691

 

Total interest income

 

151,746

 

141,695

 

120,344

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

33,657

 

33,588

 

36,642

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

33,834

 

39,689

 

48,047

 

Other borrowed funds

 

7,918

 

8,306

 

6,592

 

Subordinated capital notes

 

1,867

 

1,112

 

 

Total interest expense

 

77,276

 

82,695

 

91,281

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

74,470

 

59,000

 

29,063

 

Provision for loan losses

 

4,190

 

2,117

 

2,903

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

70,280

 

56,883

 

26,160

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest income (losses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trust, money management, brokerage and insurance fees:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commissions and fees from fiduciary activities

 

6,891

 

6,014

 

6,532

 

Commissions, broker fees and other

 

4,753

 

6,065

 

4,391

 

Insurance commissions and fees

 

2,828

 

1,769

 

1,090

 

Banking service revenues

 

5,968

 

4,611

 

4,175

 

Net gain (loss) on sale and valuation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage banking activities

 

8,026

 

8,748

 

8,794

 

Sale of securities available-for-sale

 

14,223

 

4,362

 

(1,175

)

Derivatives activities

 

(4,061

)

(1,997

)

(3,919

)

Trading securities

 

571

 

1,149

 

(484

)

Premises and equipment

 

(219

)

425

 

 

Loans

 

 

104

 

914

 

Leasing revenues

 

 

 

65

 

Total non-interest income, net

 

38,980

 

31,250

 

20,383

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation and employees’ benefits

 

20,563

 

17,178

 

15,672

 

Occupancy and equipment

 

9,079

 

7,800

 

7,141

 

Advertising and business promotion

 

7,052

 

6,717

 

4,298

 

Professional and service fees

 

6,467

 

7,125

 

3,765

 

Communications

 

1,671

 

1,507

 

1,633

 

Taxes other than on income

 

1,556

 

1,722

 

1,951

 

Insurance, including deposit insurance

 

736

 

569

 

474

 

Printing, postage, stationery and supplies

 

1,038

 

791

 

683

 

Other

 

5,494

 

5,553

 

3,611

 

Total non-interest expenses

 

53,656

 

48,962

 

39,228

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

55,604

 

39,171

 

7,315

 

Income tax (expense) benefit

 

(4,284

)

(720

)

1,318

 

Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax

 

51,320

 

38,451

 

8,633

 

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax

 

 

 

(164

)

Net income

 

51,320

 

38,451

 

8,469

 

Less: Dividends on preferred stock

 

(2,387

)

(2,387

)

(2,387

)

Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

48,933

 

$

36,064

 

$

6,082

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

$

2.81

 

$

2.10

 

$

0.36

 

Basic after cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

$

2.81

 

$

2.10

 

$

0.35

 

Diluted before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

$

2.65

 

$

2.00

 

$

0.36

 

Diluted after cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

$

2.65

 

$

2.00

 

$

0.35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average common shares outstanding

 

17,396

 

17,139

 

17,245

 

Average potential common share-options

 

1,091

 

864

 

313

 

 

 

18,487

 

18,003

 

17,558

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends per share of common stock

 

$

0.54

 

$

0.46

 

$

0.44

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3



CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2003, 2002 AND 2001

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

33,500

 

$

33,500

 

$

33,500

 

Balance at end of year

 

33,500

 

33,500

 

33,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

15,300

 

13,885

 

13,805

 

Stock options exercised

 

520

 

166

 

80

 

Stock dividend and stock split effected in the form of a dividend

 

3,864

 

1,249

 

 

Balance at end of year

 

19,684

 

15,300

 

13,885

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

52,670

 

26,004

 

23,786

 

Stock options exercised

 

4,566

 

1,504

 

316

 

Stock options cancelled

 

 

1,054

 

1,902

 

Stock dividend

 

 

24,108

 

 

Balance at end of year

 

57,236

 

52,670

 

26,004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Legal surplus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

15,997

 

12,118

 

10,578

 

Transfer from retained earnings

 

5,102

 

3,879

 

1,540

 

Balance at end of year

 

21,099

 

15,997

 

12,118

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained earnings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

75,806

 

76,818

 

79,809

 

Net income

 

51,320

 

38,451

 

8,469

 

Cash dividends declared on common stock

 

(9,415

)

(7,840

)

(7,533

)

Stock dividend and stock split effected in the form of a dividend

 

(3,864

)

(25,357

)

 

Cash dividends declared on preferred stock

 

(2,387

)

(2,387

)

(2,387

)

Transfer to legal surplus

 

(5,102

)

(3,879

)

(1,540

)

Balance at end of year

 

106,358

 

75,806

 

76,818

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

(33,674

)

(30,651

)

(27,116

)

Stock purchased

 

(2,214

)

(3,023

)

(3,535

)

Balance at end of year

 

(35,888

)

(33,674

)

(30,651

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of deferred tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

6,830

 

(18,184

)

(16,493

)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

(7,139

)

25,014

 

(1,691

)

Balance at end of year

 

(309

)

6,830

 

(18,184

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

$

201,680

 

$

166,429

 

$

113,490

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2003, 2002 AND 2001

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income:

 

$

51,320

 

$

38,451

 

$

8,469

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale arising during the year

 

28,691

 

43,406

 

34,939

 

Realized (gains) losses on investment securities available-for-sale included in net income

 

(14,223

)

(4,362

)

1,175

 

Unrealized loss on derivatives designated as cash flows hedges arising during the year

 

(36,318

)

(28,075

)

(11,915

)

Realized loss on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges included in net income

 

16,141

 

15,551

 

2,394

 

Amount reclassified into earnings during the year related to transition adjustment on derivative activities

 

227

 

751

 

358

 

Income tax effect related to unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale

 

(1,657

)

(2,257

)

(1,475

)

 

 

(7,139

)

25,014

 

25,476

 

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax

 

 

 

(27,167

)

Other comprehensive income (loss) for the year

 

(7,139

)

25,014

 

(1,691

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

 

$

44,181

 

$

63,465

 

$

6,778

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4



 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2003, 2002 AND 2001

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

51,320

 

$

38,451

 

$

8,469

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of deferred loan origination fees and costs

 

(2,005

)

(1,930

)

(673

)

Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on investment securities, net

 

7,086

 

1,870

 

370

 

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment

 

4,692

 

4,371

 

4,564

 

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

 

76

 

(1,480

)

(99

)

Cancellation of stock options

 

 

1,054

 

1,902

 

Provision for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan losses

 

4,190

 

2,117

 

2,903

 

Foreclosed real estate

 

 

125

 

 

Loss (gain) on:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sale of securities available-for-sale

 

(14,223

)

(4,362

)

1,175

 

Mortgage banking activities

 

(8,026

)

(8,748

)

(8,794

)

Derivatives activities

 

4,061

 

1,997

 

3,919

 

Sale of premises and equipment

 

219

 

(425

)

 

Sale of loans

 

 

(104

)

(914

)

Originations of loans held-for-sale

 

(113,548

)

(183,052

)

(90,508

)

Proceeds from sale of loans held-for-sale

 

2,867

 

65,650

 

122,800

 

Net decrease (increase) in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading securities

 

8,222

 

67,501

 

(12,317

)

Accrued interest receivable

 

(2,018

)

948

 

(3,161

)

Other assets

 

4,989

 

(115

)

(1,495

)

Net increase (decrease) in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued interest on deposits and borrowings

 

(384

)

(1,498

)

(2,547

)

Other liabilities

 

1,625

 

2,890

 

6

 

Total adjustments

 

(102,177

)

(53,191

)

17,131

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

(50,857

)

(14,740

)

25,600

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net decrease (increase) in time deposits with other banks

 

 

29,407

 

(42,124

)

Purchases of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities available-for-sale

 

(1,912,359

)

(949,379

)

(1,104,101

)

FHLB stock

 

(6,493

)

(4,169

)

(4,126

)

Net purchases/redemption of equity options

 

(2,238

)

(7,690

)

(32,830

)

Maturities and redemptions of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities available-for-sale

 

1,061,919

 

445,356

 

481,464

 

FHLB stock

 

1,276

 

2,121

 

 

Proceeds from sales of investment securities available-for-sale

 

681,234

 

272,012

 

532,442

 

Loan production:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Origination and purchase of loans, excluding loans held-for-sale

 

(324,980

)

(269,774

)

(256,477

)

Principal repayment of loans

 

168,343

 

144,762

 

60,850

 

Proceeds from sale of consumer loans and leases portfolio

 

 

 

167,900

 

Capital expenditures

 

(2,866

)

(6,472

)

(3,794

)

Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment

 

 

679

 

 

Proceeds from sale of foreclosed real estate

 

 

607

 

 

Purchase of company, net of cash acquired

 

(1,592

)

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(337,755

)

(342,540

)

(200,796

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand, saving and time (including IRA accounts) deposits

 

78,391

 

174,499

 

76,831

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

403,729

 

81,398

 

98,978

 

Proceeds from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advances and borrowing from FHLB

 

949,700

 

158,200

 

100,000

 

Issuance of subordinated capital notes

 

 

35,000

 

 

Exercise of stock options

 

5,086

 

1,670

 

396

 

Repayments of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advances and borrowing from FHLB

 

(1,027,900

)

(55,000

)

(65,000

)

Term notes

 

 

(45,000

)

(26,500

)

Stock purchased

 

(2,214

)

(3,023

)

(3,535

)

Dividends paid

 

(11,395

)

(10,039

)

(9,920

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

395,397

 

337,705

 

171,250

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

6,785

 

(19,575

)

(3,946

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

10,312

 

29,887

 

33,833

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

17,097

 

$

10,312

 

$

29,887

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents include:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

15,945

 

$

9,280

 

$

8,220

 

Short term investments

 

1,152

 

1,032

 

21,667

 

 

 

$

17,097

 

$

10,312

 

$

29,887

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosure and Schedule of Noncash Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

76,416

 

$

84,117

 

$

100,530

 

Income taxes paid

 

$

88

 

$

 

$

225

 

Real estate loans securitized into mortgage-backed securities

 

$

110,843

 

$

140,464

 

$

133,900

 

Investment securities held-to-maturity transferred to available-for-sale

 

$

 

$

 

$

766,848

 

Accrued dividend payable

 

$

2,472

 

$

2,065

 

$

1,877

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) for the year

 

$

(7,139

)

$

25,014

 

$

(1,691

)

Securities and loans sold but not yet delivered

 

$

1,894

 

$

71,750

 

$

14,108

 

Securities purchased but not yet received

 

$

152,219

 

$

56,195

 

$

 

Transfer from loans to foreclosed real estate

 

$

571

 

$

362

 

$

449

 

Building sold through loan receivable

 

$

 

$

4,795

 

$

 

Stock dividend and stock split

 

$

3,864

 

$

25,357

 

$

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5



 

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF JUNE 30, 2003 AND 2002
AND FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE
PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 2003

 

1.                                      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The accounting and reporting policies of Oriental Financial Group Inc. (the “Group” or “Oriental”) conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and to financial services industry practices. The following is a description of the Group’s most significant accounting policies:

 

Nature of Operations

 

Oriental is a financial holding company incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. It has five subsidiaries, Oriental Bank and Trust (the “Bank”), Oriental Financial Services Corp. (“Oriental Financial Services”), Oriental Insurance, Inc., Caribbean Pension Consultants, Inc. and Oriental Financial (PR) Statutory Trust I (the “Statutory Trust”, see Note 8). Through these subsidiaries, the Group provides a wide range of financial services such as mortgage, commercial and consumer lending, financial planning, insurance sales, money management and investment brokerage services, as well as corporate and individual trust services. Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements presents further information about the operations of the Group’s business segments.

 

Main offices for the Group and its subsidiaries are located in San Juan, Puerto Rico. The Group is subject to examination, regulation and periodic reporting under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, which is administered by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

The Bank operates through twenty-three branches located throughout the island and is subject to the supervision, examination and regulation of the Office of the Commissioner of Financial Institutions of Puerto Rico and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), which insures its deposits through the Savings Association Insurance Fund (SAIF), up to $100,000 per depositor. The Bank has a wholly-owned subsidiary, Oriental Mortgage Corporation (“Oriental Mortgage”), which is currently not in operation, and it only asset is a cash account which balances as of June 30, 2003 and 2002 are not significant and it does not have results of operations for the three year period ended June 30, 2003. Oriental Financial Services is subject to the supervision, examination and regulation of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., the Securities and Exchange Commission, and the Office of the Commissioner of Financial Institutions of Puerto Rico.

 

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, and the valuation of derivative and trading activities.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Group and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

Most of the Group’s business activities are with customers located within Puerto Rico. Note 3 discuss the types of securities in which the Group invests. Note 5 discusses the types of lending activites in which the Group engages. The Group does not have any significant concentrations to any one industry or customer.

 

F-6



 

Cash Equivalents

 

For purposes of presentation in the consolidated statements of cash flows, the Group considers as cash equivalents all money market instruments that are not pledged with maturities of three months or less at the date of acquisition.

 

Earnings per Common Share

 

Basic earnings per share excludes potential dilutive common shares and is calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders (net income reduced by dividends on preferred stock) by the weighted average of outstanding common shares. Diluted earnings per share is similar to the computation of basic earnings per share except that the weighted average of common shares is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the dilutive potential common shares (options) had been issued, assuming that proceeds from exercise are used to repurchase shares in the market (treasury stock method). Any stock splits and dividends are retroactively recognized in all periods presented in the financial statements.

 

Securities Purchased / Sold Under Agreements to Resell / Repurchase

 

The Group purchases securities under agreements to resell the same or similar securities. Amounts advanced under these agreements represent short-term loans and are reflected as assets in the statements of financial condition. It is the Group’s policy to take possession of securities purchased under resale agreements while the counterparty retains effective control over the securities. The Group monitors the market value of the underlying securities as compared to the related receivable, including accrued interest, and requests additional collateral when deemed appropriate. The Group also sells securities under agreements to repurchase the same or similar securities. The Group retains effective control over the securities sold under these agreements; accordingly, such agreements are treated as financing agreements, and the obligations to repurchase the securities sold are reflected as liabilities. The securities underlying the financing agreements remain included in the asset accounts. The counterparty to repurchase agreements generally has the right to re-pledge the securities received as collateral.

 

The Group evaluates its securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity for impairment.  An impairment charge in the consolidated statement of income is recognized when the decline in the fair value of investments below their cost basis is judged to be other-than-temporary. The Group considers various factors in determining whether it should recognize an impairment charge, including, but not limited to the length of time and extend to which the fair value has been less than its cost basis, and in market value.  For debt securities the Group also considers, among other factors, the investees repayment ability on its bond obligations and its cash and capital generation ability.

 

Investment Securities

 

Securities are classified as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale or trading. Securities for which the Group has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and are carried at amortized cost. At June 30, 2003 and 2002, the Group had no held-to-maturity securities. Securities that might be sold prior to maturity because of interest rate changes, to meet liquidity needs, or to better match the repricing characteristics of funding sources are classified as available-for-sale. These securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported net of tax in other comprehensive income.

 

The Group classifies as trading those securities that are acquired and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near future. These securities are carried at fair value with realized and unrealized changes in fair value included in earnings in the period in which the changes occur. Interest revenue arising from trading instruments is included in the statement of income as part of interest income.

 

The Group’s investment in the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of New York stock has no readily determinable fair value and can only be sold back to the FHLB at cost. Therefore, the carrying value represents its fair value.

 

Premiums and discounts are amortized to interest income over the life of the related securities using the interest method.  Net realized gains or losses on sales of investment securities and unrealized loss valuation adjustments considered other than temporary, if any, on securities classified as either available-for-sale or held-to-maturity are reported separately in the statement of income. The cost of securities sold is determined on the specific identification method.

 

The Group evaluates its securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity for impairment. An impairment charge in the consolidated statements of income is recognized when the decline in the fair value of investments below their cost basis is judged to be other-than-temporary. The Group considers various factors in determining whether it should recognize an impairment charge, including, but not limited to the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than

 

F-7



 

its cost basis, and in market value. For debt securities, the Group also considers, among other factors, the investees repayment ability on its bond obligations and its cash and capital generation ability.

 

Financial Instruments

 

Derivative Financial Instruments - As part of the Group’s asset/liability management, the Group uses interest-rate contracts, which include interest-rate exchange agreements (swaps, caps, and options agreements), to hedge various exposures or to modify interest rate characteristics of various statement of financial condition accounts.

 

Effective July 1, 2000, the Group adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” and SFAS No. 138, “Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities” (refer to Note 9). These statements establish accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities. The statements require that all derivative instruments be recognized as assets and liabilities at fair value. If certain conditions are met, the derivative may qualify for hedge accounting treatment and be designated as one of the following types of hedges: (a) hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment (“fair value hedge”); (b) a hedge of the exposure to variability of cash flows of a recognized asset, liability or forecasted transaction (“cash flow hedge”) or (c) a hedge of foreign currency exposure (“foreign currency hedge”).

 

In the case of a qualifying fair value hedge, changes in the value of the derivative instruments that have been highly effective are recognized in current period earnings along with the change in value of the designated hedged item. In the case of a qualifying cash flow hedge, changes in the value of the derivative instruments that have been highly effective are recognized in other comprehensive income, until such time as those earnings are affected by the variability of the cash flows of the underlying hedged item. In either a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge, net earnings may be impacted to the extent the changes in the value of the derivative instruments do not perfectly offset changes in the value of the hedged items. If the derivative is not designated as a hedging instrument, the changes in fair value of the derivative are recorded in earnings.

 

Certain contracts contain embedded derivatives. When the embedded derivative possesses economic characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract, it should be bifurcated, carried at fair value, and designated as a trading or non-hedging derivative instrument.

 

Other Off-Balance Sheet Instruments - In the ordinary course of business, the Group enters into off-balance sheet instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit and commitments under credit card arrangements. Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they are funded or related fees are incurred or received.  The Group periodically evaluates the credit risks inherent in these commitments, and establishes loss allowances for such risks if and when these are deemed necessary.

 

Mortgage Banking Activities and Loans Held-For-Sale

 

From time to time, the Group sells loans to other financial institutions or securitizes conforming mortgage loans into Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA), Fannie Mae (FNMA) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) certificates using another institution as issuer. This other institution services the mortgages included in the resulting GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC pools. These mortgages and other loans are reported as loans held-for-sale and are stated at the lower of cost or market in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income.  Realized gains or losses on these loans are determined using the specific identification method.

 

Servicing rights on mortgage loans held by the Group are sold to another financial institution. The gain on the sale of these rights is determined by allocating the total cost of mortgage loans to be sold to the mortgage servicing rights and the loans (without the mortgage servicing rights), based on their relative fair values. This gain is deferred and amortized over the expected life of the loan, unless the loans are sold at which time the deferred gain is taken into income.

 

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The Group grants mortgage, commercial and consumer loans to customers within Puerto Rico. A substantial portion of the loan portfolio is represented by mortgage loans. The ability of the Group’s debtors to honor their contracts is dependent upon the real estate and general economic conditions in this area.

 

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off generally is reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination

 

F-8



 

fees and costs and premiums and discounts on loans purchased are deferred and amortized over the estimated life of the loans as an adjustment of their yield through interest income using a method that approximates the interest method.

 

Interest recognition is discontinued when loans are 90 days or more in arrears on principal and interest, except for well-collateralized real estate loans for which recognition is discontinued when other factors indicate that collection of interest or principal is doubtful. Loans for which the recognition of interest income has been discontinued are designated as non-accruing. Such loans are not reinstated to accrual status until interest is received on a current basis and other factors indicative of doubtful collection cease to exist.

 

The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings.  Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

 

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectibility of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

 

The Group follows a systematic methodology to establish and evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.  This methodology consists of several key elements.

 

Larger commercial loans that exhibit potential or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review and grading. Where appropriate, allowances are allocated to individual loans based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan given the availability of collateral, other sources of cash flow and legal options available to the Group.

 

Included in the review of individual loans are those that are impaired. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Group will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or as a practical expedient, at the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. Loans are individually evaluated for impairment, except large groups of small balance, homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and for loans that are recorded at fair value or at the lower of cost or market. The Group measures for impairment all commercial loans over $250,000. The portfolios of mortgages, and consumer loans, are considered homogeneous and are evaluated collectively for impairment.

 

For loans that are not individually graded, the Group uses a methodology that follows a loan credit risk rating process that involves dividing loans into risk categories.  The following are the credit risk categories (established by the FDIC Interagency Policy Statement of 1993): pass, special mention, substandard, doubtful and loss.

 

The Group, using an aged-based rating system, applies an overall allowance percentage to each loan portfolio category based on historical credit losses adjusted for current conditions and trends.  This delinquency-based calculation is the starting point for management’s determination of the required level of the allowance for loan losses. Other data considered in this determination includes: the overall historical loss trends (one year and three years) and other information including underwriting standards, economic trends and unusual events such as hurricanes.

 

Loan loss ratios and credit risk categories, are updated quarterly and are applied in the context of  GAAP and the Joint Interagency Guidance on the importance of depository institutions having prudent, conservative, but not excessive loan loss allowances that fall within an acceptable range of estimated losses. While management uses available information in estimating possible loan losses, future changes to the allowance may be necessary based on factors beyond the Group’s control, such as factors affecting general economic conditions.

 

Premises and Equipment

 

Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of each type of asset. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the terms of the leases or estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter.

 

Long-lived assets and identifiable intangibles related to those assets to be held and used, except for financial instruments, and mortgage and other servicing rights, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances

 

F-9



 

indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.  There were no impairment losses in fiscal years 2003, 2002 and 2001.

 

Foreclosed Real Estate

 

Foreclosed real estate is initially recorded at the lower of the related loan balance or its fair value at the date of foreclosure. At the time properties are acquired in full or partial satisfaction of loans, any excess of the loan balance over the estimated fair market value of the property is charged against the allowance for loan losses. The carrying value of these properties approximates the lower of cost or fair value less estimated cost to sell. Any excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair market value is charged to operations.

 

Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities

 

Transfer of financial assets is accounted for as a sale, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Group, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Group does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before maturity. As such, the Group recognizes the financial assets and servicing assets it controls and the liabilities it has incurred. At the same time, it ceases to recognize financial assets when control has been surrendered and liabilities when they are extinguished.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Group follows an asset and liability approach to the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Group’s financial statements or tax returns. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined for differences between financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future. The computation is based on enacted laws and rates applicable to periods in which temporary differences will be recovered or settled. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

Stock Option Plans

 

At June 30, 2003, the Group has four stock-based employee compensation plans, which are described more fully in Note 2. The Group accounts for those plans under the recognition and measurement principles of APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”, and related Interpretations.  No stock-based employee compensation cost is reflected in net income, as all options granted during the three year period ended June 30, 2003 under those plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if the Group had applied the fair value recognition provisions of FASB Statement No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”, to stock-based employee compensation:

 

 

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

(In thousands, except for per share data)

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income, as reported

 

$

51,320

 

$

38,451

 

$

8,469

 

Deduct:  Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards

 

1,417

 

2,368

 

2,317

 

Pro forma net income

 

$

49,903

 

$

36,083

 

$

6,152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earning per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic - as reported

 

$

2.81

 

$

2.10

 

$

0.35

 

Basic - pro forma

 

$

2.73

 

$

1.97

 

$

0.22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted - as reported

 

$

2.65

 

$

2.00

 

$

0.35

 

Diluted - pro forma

 

$

2.57

 

$

1.87

 

$

0.22

 

 

The fair value of each option granted in fiscal years 2003, 2002 and 2001 was $5.61, $4.72 and $2.22 per option, respectively, as adjusted for the stock split. The fair value of each option granted in fiscal years 2003, 2002 and 2001 was

 

F-10



 

estimated at the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no restrictions and are fully transferable and negotiable in a free trading market. Black-Scholes does not consider the employment, transfer or vesting restrictions that are inherent in the Group’s employee options. Use of an option valuation model, as required by GAAP, includes highly subjective assumptions based on long-term predictions, including the expected stock price volatility and average life of each option grant. Because the Group’s employee options have characteristics significantly different from those of freely traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the Group’s estimate of the fair value of those options, in the Group’s opinion, the existing valuation models, including Black-Scholes, are not reliable single measures the use of other option pricing models may result in different fair values of the Group’s employee options.

 

The following assumptions were used in estimating the fair value of the options granted, after giving retroactive effect to the 25% stock split::

 

(1)          The expected option term is 7 years.

(2)          The expected weighted average volatility was 32% for options granted in fiscal 2003 (2002 – 32%, 2001 – 31%).

(3)          The expected weighted average dividend yield was 2.61% for options granted in fiscal 2003 (2002 – 3.11%, 2001 – 5.24%).

(4)          The weighted average risk-free interest rate was 3.71% for options granted in fiscal 2003 (2002 – 5.09%, 2001 – 5.56%).

 

Comprehensive Income

 

Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances, except for those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners. GAAP requires that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities and on derivative activities that qualify and are designated for cash flows hedge accounting, are reported as a separate component of the stockholders’ equity section of the statement of financial condition, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income.

 

New Accounting Pronouncements

 

Various Adopted Pronouncements

 

Effective July 1, 2002, the Group adopted the following Statements of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”), which did not have a material effect on the Group’s financial condition or results of operations:

 

                               SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”. SFAS No. 142 changes the accounting for goodwill from an amortization method to an impairment-only approach. Thus, amortization of goodwill, including goodwill recorded in past business combinations, ceased upon adoption of that statement.

 

                               SFAS No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations”. SFAS No. 143 addresses financial accounting and reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets and the associated asset retirement costs.

 

                               SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”. This statement supersedes SFAS No. 121, “Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of”, and the accounting and reporting provisions of APB Opinion No. 30, “Reporting the Results of Operations-Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions”.

 

                               SFAS No. 145, “Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44 and 64, Amendment of SFAS No. 13, and Technical Corrections”. SFAS No. 145 rescinds SFAS No. 4, “Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishments of Debt – an amendment of APB Opinion No. 30”, which required all gains and losses from extinguishments of debt to be aggregated and, if material, classified as extraordinary item, net of related income tax effect. As a result, the criteria in Opinion No. 30 will now be used to classify those gains and losses. SFAS No.145 also amends SFAS No. 13, “Accounting for Leases”, which requires that certain lease modifications that have economic effects similar to sale-leaseback transactions be accounted for in the same manner as sale-leaseback transactions. Amendment to SFAS No. 13 became effective for transactions occurring after May 15, 2002.

 

F-11



 

Accounting for Costs Associated With Exit or Disposal Activities

 

In June 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated With Exit or Disposal Activities”.  SFAS No. 146 addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 94-3 “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring).”  This Statement requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized and measured initially at fair value only when the liability is incurred.  The provisions of this Statement were effective for exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002. Implementation of SFAS No. 146 did not have any effect on the Group’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

Acquisitions of Certain Financial Institutions, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 72 and 144 and FASB Interpretation No. 9

 

In October 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 147, “Acquisitions of Certain Financial Institutions, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 72 and 144 and FASB Interpretation No. 9”. Except for transactions between two or more mutual enterprises, SFAS No. 147 removes acquisitions of financial institutions from the scope of both SFAS No. 72 and Interpretation No. 9 and requires that those transactions be accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations” and SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”.  In addition, SFAS No. 147 amends SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” to include in its scope long-term customer-relationship intangible assets of financial institutions such as depositor-and-borrower-relationship intangible assets and credit cardholders intangible assets. SFAS No. 147 is effective for acquisitions or impairment measurement of above intangibles effected on or after October 1, 2002. SFAS No. 147 did not have a significant effect on the Group’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

Interpretation No. 45 (“FIN No. 45”), Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others, an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and rescission of FASB interpretation No. 34

 

In November 2002, the FASB Issued Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others, an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and rescission of FASB interpretation No. 34.”  This interpretation elaborates on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in the financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued.  It also clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The initial recognition and initial measurement provisions of FIN No. 45 are applicable for guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002.  Adoption of the recognition, measurement and disclosure provisions of FIN No. 45 did not have a significant effect on the Group’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123

 

In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123”. This Statement amends FASB Statement No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”, to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation.  In addition, this Statement amends the disclosure requirements of Statement No. 123 to require prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. The Group has decided to continue using the intrinsic value-based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation.

 

Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN No. 46”), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No. 51

 

In January 2003, the FASB Issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No. 51.” FIN No. 46 addresses consolidation by business enterprises of variable interest entities. A variable interest entity is a corporation, partnership, trust, or any other legal structure used for business purposes that either (a) does not issue voting interests (or other interests with similar rights) or (b) the total equity investment at risk is not sufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities. FIN No. 46 requires an enterprise to consolidate a variable interest entity if that enterprise has a variable interest that will absorb a majority of the entity’s expected losses if they occur, receive a majority of the entity’s expected residual returns if they occur, or both. Qualifying Special Purpose Entities are exempt from the consolidation requirements.  The consolidation requirements of FIN No. 46 apply

 

F-12



 

immediately to variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003. The consolidation requirements apply to variable interest entities created before February 1, 2003 in the first fiscal year or interim period beginning after June 15, 2003.

 

The Group adopted FIN No. 46 on July 1, 2003. In its current form, FIN No. 46 may require the Group to deconsolidate its investment in the Statutory Trust I in future financial statements. The potential de-consolidation of subsidiary trust of financial holding companies formed in connecting with the issuance of trust preferred securities appears to be an unintended consequence of FIN No. 46. It is currently unknown if, or when, the FASB will address this issue. In July 2003, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) issued a supervisory letter instructing bank holding companies to continue to include the trust preferred securities in their Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes until notice is given to the contrary.  The Federal Reserve intends to review the regulatory implications of any accounting treatment changes and, if necessary or warranted, provide further appropriate guidance. There can be no assurance that the Federal Reserve will continue to allow institutions to include trust preferred securities in Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes.

 

SFAS No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

 

In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”. This Statement amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives) and for hedging activities under FASB Statement No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”. This Statement is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. Implementation of SFAS No. 149 is not expected to have a significant effect on the Group’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity”. This Statement establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures in its statement of financial condition certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that an issuer classify a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances) because that financial instrument embodies an obligation of the issuer. This Statement is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. Implementation of SFAS No. 150 is not expected to have a significant effect on the Group’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior years’ financial statements to conform with the current year presentation.

 

2.                                      STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

Stock Dividend and Stock Split

 

On January 29, 2002, the Group declared a ten percent (10%) stock dividend on common stock held by shareholders of record as of April 1, 2002. As a result, 1,249,125 shares of common stock were distributed on April 15, 2002. Also, on October 28, 2002, the Group declared a twenty-five percent (25%) stock split effected in the form of a dividend on common stock held by registered shareholders as of December 30, 2002. As a result, 3,864,800 shares of common stock were distributed on January 15, 2003. For purpose of the computation of income per common share, cash dividend and stock price, the stock dividend and the stock split were retroactively recognized for all periods presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

Treasury Stock

 

On March 26, 2003, the Group’s Board of Directors announced the authorization of a new program for the repurchase of up to $9.0 million of its outstanding shares of common stock. This program supersedes the ongoing repurchase program established earlier.  The authority granted by the Board of Directors does not require the Group to repurchase any shares. The Group will make such repurchases from time to time in the open market at such times and prices as market conditions shall warrant, and in compliance with the terms of applicable federal and Puerto Rico laws and regulations. The activity of common shares held in treasury by the Group for the years ended June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001 is set forth below.

 

F-13



 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

Shares

 

Dollar
Amount

 

Shares

 

Dollar
Amount

 

Shares

 

Dollar
Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of year

 

1,534

 

$

33,674

 

1,379

 

$

30,651

 

1,108

 

$

27,116

 

Common shares repurchased

 

97

 

2,214

 

155

 

3,023

 

271

 

3,535

 

Stock split

 

394

 

 

 

 

 

 

End of year

 

2,025

 

$

35,888

 

1,534

 

$

33,674

 

1,379

 

$

30,651

 

 

Stock Option Plan

 

The Group has four stock options plans. These plans offer key officers and employees an opportunity to purchase shares of the Group’s common stock. The Group follows the intrinsic value-based method of accounting for measuring compensation expense, if any. Compensation expense is generally recognized for any excess of the quoted market price of the Group’s stock at measurement date over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock.

 

The four stock options plans are: the 1988, 1996, 1998 and 2000 Incentive Stock Option Plans. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors has sole authority and absolute discretion as to the number of stock options to be granted, their vesting rights, and the options exercise price. The plans provide for a proportionate adjustment in the exercise price and the number of shares that can be purchased in case of a stock split, reclassification of stock, and a merger or reorganization. Stock options vest upon completion of specified years of service.

 

In September and June 2001, the Group canceled 271,500 and 367,834, respectively, of non-vested options granted with a discount in fiscal years 1998, 1999 and 2000. No consideration was paid to the option holders at the time of cancellation. Also, no awards were granted to option holders within the following periods:

 

                  the period prior to the date of cancellation that is the shorter of six months or the period from the date of the grant of the canceled or settled option; and

 

                  the period ending six months after the date of the cancellation.

 

In addition, there was no oral or written agreement or implied promise by the Group to compensate the canceled option holders for any increases in the market price of the Group’s stock after the cancellation. The options were not canceled for nonperformance or termination of employment. At the cancellation, the unrecognized compensation cost was recorded with a charge to income and a credit to additional paid in capital.

 

The activity in outstanding options for the years ended June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001, is set forth below:

 

F-14



 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

Number
Of
Options

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Number
Of
Options

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Number
Of
Options

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of year

 

2,132,630

 

$

13.40

 

1,980,323

 

$

14.16

 

1,522,757

 

$

17.20

 

Transactions before stock dividend:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options granted

 

25,000

 

18.95

 

96,500

 

18.05

 

1,187,000

 

12.62

 

Options exercised

 

(158,570

)

8.81

 

(123,768

)

9.57

 

(80,333

)

4.95

 

Options forfeited

 

(74,479

)

8.97

 

(37,331

)

14.06

 

(281,267

)

16.91

 

Options cancelled

 

 

 

 

 

(271,500

)

24.04

 

(367,834

)

21.64

 

 

 

1,924,581

 

14.02

 

1,644,224

 

13.10

 

1,980,323

 

14.16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock dividend effect

 

481,145

 

11.22

 

164,422

 

11.91

 

 

 

 

 

Transactions after stock dividend:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options granted

 

15,000

 

20.24

 

375,000

 

20.21

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercised

 

(361,381

)

9.24

 

(42,670

)

11.38

 

 

 

 

 

Options forfeited

 

(183,301

)

10.65

 

(8,346

)

12.78

 

 

 

 

 

End of year

 

1,876,044

 

$

11.42

 

2,132,630

 

$

13.40

 

1,980,323

 

$

14.16

 

 

The following table summarizes the range of exercise prices and the weighted average remaining contractual life of the options outstanding at June 30, 2003:

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

Exercisable

 

Range of Exercise Prices

 

Number of
Options

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Weighted
Average
Contract Life
(Years)

 

Number of
Options

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$2.16 to $4.36

 

33,537

 

$

3.28

 

 

33,537

 

$

3.28

 

5.82 to 8.07

 

76,283

 

7.34

 

3.0

 

28,460

 

8.07

 

8.68 to 9.75

 

992,017

 

9.17

 

7.2

 

93,228

 

9.25

 

12.22 to 13.95

 

296,624

 

12.79

 

5.9

 

109,728

 

12.27

 

15.27 to 16.13

 

410,375

 

16.12

 

8.7

 

2,750

 

15.27

 

16.36 to 18.08

 

30,958

 

17.44

 

8.7

 

375

 

16.36

 

18.75 to 20.24

 

36,250

 

19.77

 

9.4

 

 

 

$2.16 to $20.24

 

1,876,044

 

$

11.42

 

7.1

 

268,078

 

$

9.69

 

 

F-15



 

Earnings per Common Share

 

The calculation of earnings per common share after the cumulative effect of change in accounting principle for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001 follows:

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

June 30,

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

Net income

 

$

51,320

 

$

38,451

 

$

8,469

 

Less: Preferred stock dividend

 

(2,387

)

(2,387

)

(2,387

)

Net income available to common stockholders

 

$

48,933

 

$

36,064

 

$

6,082

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per common share – basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income – available to common stockholders

 

$

48,933

 

$

36,064

 

$

6,082

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

17,396

 

17,139

 

17,245

 

Earnings per common share – basic

 

$

2.81

 

$

2.10

 

$

0.35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per common share – diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income - available to common stockholders

 

$

48,933

 

$

36,064

 

$

6,082

 

Weighted average common shares and share equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average common shares outstanding

 

17,396

 

17,139

 

17,245

 

Common stock equivalents – options

 

1,091

 

864

 

313

 

Total

 

18,487

 

18,003

 

17,558

 

Earnings per common share – diluted

 

$

2.65

 

$

2.00

 

$

0.35

 

 

For the year ended June 30, 2003, all stock options outstanding at June 30, 2003 had a dilutive effect on earnings per share.  For the years ended June 30, 2002 and 2001, stock options without a dilutive effect on earnings per share not included in the calculation amounted to 396,000 and 1,335,000, respectively.

 

Legal Surplus

 

The Banking Act of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico requires that a minimum of 10% of the Bank’s net income for the year be transferred to capital surplus until such surplus equals the total of paid in capital on common and preferred stocks. At June 30, 2003, legal surplus amounted to $21,099,000 (2002 - $15,997,000). The amount transferred to the legal surplus account is not available for payment of dividends to shareholders. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement that bank holding companies should generally pay dividends only from operating earnings of the current and preceding two years.

 

Preferred Stock

 

In May 1999, the Group issued 1,340,000 shares of its 7.125% Non-Cumulative Monthly Income Preferred Stock, Series A, at $25 per share. The Series A Preferred Stock has the following characteristics: (1) annual dividends of $1.78 per share, payable monthly, if declared by the Board of Directors; missed dividends are not cumulative, (2) redeemable at the Group’s option beginning on May 30, 2004,  (3) no mandatory redemption or stated maturity date and (4) liquidation value of $25 per share.

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of income tax, as of June 30 consisted of:

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

Unrealized loss on derivatives designated as cash flows hedges

 

$

(41,778

)

$

(21,702

)

Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale

 

41,469

 

28,566

 

Transition adjustment of SFAS No. 133

 

 

(34

)

Total

 

$

(309

)

$

6,830

 

 

F-16



 

Minimum Regulatory Capital Requirements

 

The Group (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Group’s and Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Group and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Group and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). As of June 30, 2003 and 2002, the Group and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

 

As of June 30, 2003, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, an institution must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following tables. There are no conditions or events since the notification that have changed the Bank’s category. The Group’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of June 30, were as follows:

 

 

 

Actual

 

Minimum Capital
Requirement

 

Minimum To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Group Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

$

240,010

 

25.00

%

$

76,800

 

8.00

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

Tier I Risk-Based (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

$

234,979

 

24.48

%

$

38,400

 

4.00

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)

 

$

234,979

 

8.19

%

$

114,720

 

4.00

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

$

197,459

 

22.10

%

$

71,469

 

8.00

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

Tier I Risk-Based (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

$

194,420

 

21.76

%

$

35,735

 

4.00

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)

 

$

194,420

 

7.80

%

$

99,694

 

4.00

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

$

191,340

 

22.08

%

$

69,336

 

8.00

%

$

86,670

 

10.00

%

Tier I Risk-Based (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

$

186,309

 

21.50

%

$

34,668

 

4.00

%

$

52,002

 

6.00

%

Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)

 

$

186,309

 

6.44

%

$

115,659

 

4.00

%

$

144,574

 

5.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

$

149,824

 

21.10

%

$

56,796

 

8.00

%

$

70,996

 

10.00

%

Tier I Risk-Based (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

$

146,785

 

20.68

%

$

28,398

 

4.00

%

$

42,597

 

6.00

%

Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)

 

$

146,785

 

5.78

%

$

101,497

 

4.00

%

$

126,872

 

5.00

%

 

The Group’s ability to pay dividends to its stockholders and other activities can be restricted if its capital falls below levels established by the Federal Reserve Board’s guidelines. In addition, any bank holding company whose capital falls below levels specified in the guidelines can be required to implement a plan to increase capital.

 

F-17



 

3.                                      INVESTMENTS

 

Investment Securities

 

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, fair value, and average weighted yield of the securities owned by the Group at June 30, 2003 and 2002, were as follows:

 

 

 

June 30, 2003 (In thousands)

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair
Value

 

Average
Weighted
Yield

 

Available-for-Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Treasury securities

 

$

54,444

 

$

172

 

$

803

 

$

53,813

 

3.49

%

Puerto Rico Government and agencies obligations

 

46,914

 

3,194

 

32

 

50,077

 

5.95

%

Other debt securities

 

9,368

 

1,434

 

 

10,801

 

9.04

%

Total security investments

 

110,726

 

4,800

 

835

 

114,691

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FNMA and FHLMC certificates

 

1,638,567

 

29,061

 

1,673

 

1,665,956

 

4.59

%

GNMA certificates

 

206,013

 

5,318

 

110

 

211,220

 

4.78

%

Collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs)

 

207,174

 

8,876

 

314

 

215,737

 

5.68

%

Total mortgage-backed securities

 

2,051,754

 

43,255

 

2,097

 

2,092,913

 

 

 

Total securities available-for-sale

 

$

2,162,480

 

$

48,055

 

$

2,932

 

$

2,207,604

 

4.73

%

 

 

 

June 30, 2002 (In thousands)

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair
Value

 

Average
Weighted
Yield

 

Available-for-Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Treasury securities

 

$

3,293

 

$

188

 

$

 

$

3,481

 

5.78

%

Puerto Rico Government and agencies obligations

 

49,842

 

106

 

95

 

49,853

 

6.11

%

Other debt securities

 

9,360

 

405

 

 

9,765

 

8.98

%

Total security investments

 

62,495

 

699

 

95

 

63,099

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FNMA and FHLMC certificates

 

1,169,484

 

24,327

 

260

 

1,193,551

 

6.17

%

GNMA certificates

 

213,896

 

6,504

 

87

 

220,313

 

6.87

%

Collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs)

 

249,231

 

3,648

 

18

 

252,861

 

6.30

%

Total mortgage-backed securities

 

1,632,611

 

34,479

 

365

 

1,666,725

 

 

 

Total securities available-for-sale

 

$

1,695,106

 

$

35,178

 

$

460

 

$

1,729,824

 

6.29

%

 

The amortized cost and fair value of the Group’s investment securities at June 30, 2003, by contractual maturity (excluding mortgage-backed securities), are shown in the next table.  Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

 

 

June 30, 2003

 

 

 

Available-for-sale

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Amortized Cost

 

Fair Value

 

Due after 1 to 5 years

 

$

63,971

 

$

63,763

 

Due after 5 to 10 years

 

6,499

 

7,147

 

Due after 10 years

 

40,256

 

43,781

 

Total

 

110,726

 

114,691

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

2,051,754

 

2,092,913

 

 

 

$

2,162,480

 

$

2,207,604

 

 

F-18



 

Proceeds from the sale of investment securities available-for-sale, including those sold but not yet collected, during fiscal 2003 totaled $611,378,000 (2002 - $329,654,000; 2001 - $546,550,000). Gross realized gains and losses on those sales during fiscal 2003 were $16,794,000 and $2,571,000, respectively (2002 - $5,480,000 and $1,118,000, respectively; 2001 - $7,393,000 and $8,568,000, respectively).

 

With the adoption of SFAS No. 133 and SFAS No.138 (see Note 9), in fiscal 2001 the Group transferred the held-to-maturity portfolio to the available-for-sale investment category. As of July 1, 2000, the unrealized loss on those securities amounting to $26,633,000 was recorded in other comprehensive income as the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle.

 

Trading Securities

 

A summary of trading securities owned by the Group at June 30, is as follows:

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Puerto Rico Government and agencies obligations

 

$

131

 

$

2,853

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

51

 

6,406

 

Equity securities

 

855

 

 

 

 

$

1,037

 

$

9,259

 

 

At June 30, 2003, the Group’s trading portfolio weighted average yield was 5.22% (2002 – 5.94%).

 

4.                                      PLEDGED ASSETS

 

At June 30, 2003, residential and commercial mortgage loans amounting to $485,017,000 were pledged to secure advances and borrowings from the FHLB. Investment securities with fair values totaling $1,446,385,000, $206,637,000, $16,055,000 and $51,837,000 at June 30, 2003, were pledged to secure investment securities sold under agreements to repurchase (see Note 8), public fund deposits (see Note 7), term notes (see Note 8) and interest rate swap agreements, respectively. Also, investment securities with fair values totaling $214,000 and $129,800 at June 30, 2003, were pledged to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and to the Puerto Rico Treasury Department (for the Group’s International Banking Entity), respectively.

 

5.                                      LOANS RECEIVABLE AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

Loans Receivable

 

The composition of the Group’s loan portfolio at June 30, was as follows:

 

F-19



 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

Residential - 1 to 4 family

 

$

584,010

 

$

415,635

 

Non-residential real estate loans

 

3,500

 

3,449

 

Home equity loans and secured personal loans

 

87,016

 

97,798

 

Commercial

 

27,175

 

30,906

 

 

 

701,700

 

547,788

 

Less: deferred loan fees, net

 

(13,651

)

(10,010

)

 

 

688,049

 

537,778

 

Other loans:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

15,757

 

10,540

 

Personal consumer loans and credit lines

 

20,530

 

21,931

 

Financing leases, net of unearned interest

 

42

 

295

 

Less: deferred loan fees, net

 

(82

)

(95

)

 

 

36,246

 

32,671

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans receivable

 

724,295

 

570,449

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(5,031

)

(3,039

)

Loans receivable

 

719,264

 

567,410

 

Loans held-for-sale (residential 1 to 4 family mortgage loans)

 

9,198

 

9,360

 

Total loans receivable, net

 

$

728,462

 

$

576,770

 

 

At June 30, 2003, residential mortgage loans held-for-sale amounted to $9,198,000 (2002 - $9,360,000). All residential mortgage loans originated and sold during fiscal 2003 were sold based on pre-established commitments or at market values. In fiscal 2003, the Group recognized gains of $6,494,000 (2002 - $7,136,000; 2001 - $7,783,000) in these sales that are presented in the statements of income as part of the mortgage-banking activities.

 

On July 7, 2000, the Group sold approximately $167.5 million of its non-delinquent unsecured personal loan and lease portfolios to a local financial institution. At June 30, 2000, these loans were under a contract to sell, thus they were valued by reference to the contracted price. A loss of $1.2 million was recorded in fiscal 2000 in connection with this contract. In fiscal 2001, the Group realized a $914,000 gain on the sale of loans that had been previously written off.

 

At June 30, 2003, loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued amounted to approximately $10,350,000 (2002 - $10,196,000; 2001 - $6,537,000). The gross interest income that would have been recorded in fiscal 2003 if non-accrual loans had performed in accordance with their original terms amounted to approximately $648,000 (2002 - $724,000; 2001 - $664,000).

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The changes in the allowance for loan losses for the last three fiscal years ended June 30, were as follows:

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

3,039

 

$

2,856

 

$

6,837

 

Provision for loan losses

 

4,190

 

2,117

 

2,903

 

Loans charged-off

 

(3,095

)

(2,839

)

(9,030

)

Recoveries

 

897

 

905

 

2,146

 

Balance at end of year

 

$

5,031

 

$

3,039

 

$

2,856

 

 

As described in Note 1 under the heading “Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses”, the Group evaluates all loans, some individually and others as homogeneous groups, for purposes of determining impairment. At June 30, 2003 and 2002, the Group determined that no specific impairment allowance was required for those loans evaluated for impairment.

 

F-20



 

Concentration of Risk

 

Substantially all loans in the Group are to residents in Puerto Rico; therefore, the loan portfolio is susceptible to events affecting Puerto Rico’s economy. The vast majority of the loans are well collateralized, thus reducing the risk of potential losses.

 

6.                                      NON-INTEREST EARNING ASSETS

 

Premises and Equipment

 

Premises and equipment at June 30, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization as follows:

 

 

 

Useful
Life
(Years)

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

 

$

1,112

 

$

1,332

 

Buildings and improvements

 

40

 

5,536

 

6,853

 

Leasehold improvements

 

5 – 10

 

6,914

 

5,356

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

3 – 7

 

5,141

 

5,052

 

EDP and other equipment

 

3 – 7

 

9,377

 

10,367

 

 

 

 

 

28,080

 

28,960

 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

(11,918

)

(10,972

)

 

 

 

 

$

16,162

 

$

17,988

 

 

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment for the year ended June 30, 2003 totaled $4,692,000 (2002- $4,371,000; 2001 - $4,564,000). These are included in the statements of income as part of occupancy and equipment expenses.

 

Accrued Interest Receivable and Other Assets:

 

Accrued interest receivable at June 30, 2003 consists of $7,501,000 from loans (2002 - $5,562,000) and $10,215,000 from investments (2002 - $10,136,000).

 

Other assets at June 30, include the following:

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in equity options

 

$

6,787

 

$

12,145

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

7,478

 

7,413

 

Income tax receivable

 

2,313

 

6,358

 

Deferred tax asset, net (Note 12)

 

3,731

 

5,558

 

Accounts receivable and other assets, net

 

4,106

 

3,083

 

Goodwill

 

2,008

 

356

 

 

 

$

26,423

 

$

34,913

 

 

F-21



 

7.                                      DEPOSITS AND RELATED INTEREST

 

At June 30, 2003, the weighted average interest rate of the Group’s deposits was 3.30% (2002 - 3.85%) considering non-interest bearing deposits of $63,919,000 (2002 - $67,142,000). Interest expense for the last three fiscal years ended June 30, is set forth below:

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOW accounts and saving deposits

 

$

2,373

 

$

3,361

 

$

3,126

 

Certificates of deposit and IRA accounts

 

31,284

 

30,227

 

33,516

 

 

 

$

33,657

 

$

33,588

 

$

36,642

 

 

At June 30, 2003, time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or higher amounted to $329,163,000 (2002 - $335,508,000) including: (i) brokered certificates of deposit of $62,683,000 (2002 - $31,736,000) at a weighted average rate of 2.22%, (2002- 2.88%); and (ii) public fund deposits from various local government agencies of $185,015,000 (2002 - $225,446,000) at a weighted average rate of 1.31% (2002 - 2.65%), which were collateralized with investment securities of $206,637,000 (2002 - $223,047,000).

 

Scheduled maturities of time deposits and IRA accounts at June 30, 2003 are as follow:

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Within one year:

 

 

 

Three (3) months or less

 

$

230,567

 

Over 3 months through 1 year

 

270,385

 

 

 

500,952

 

Over 1 through 2 years

 

103,705

 

Over 2 through 3 years

 

117,205

 

Over 3 through 4 years

 

54,883

 

Over 4 through 5 years

 

26,945

 

Over 5 years

 

14,205

 

 

 

$

817,895

 

 

8.                                      BORROWINGS

 

Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase

 

At June 30, 2003, securities underlying agreements to repurchase were delivered to, and are being held by, the counterparties with whom the repurchase agreements were transacted. The counterparties have agreed to resell to the Group the same or similar securities at the maturity of the agreements.

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“reverse repurchase agreements”) at June 30, 2003 mature as follows: within 30 days – $1,162,472,000; and between 31 to 90 days – $238,126,000.

 

F-22



 

At June 30, 2003, securities sold under agreements to repurchase (classified by counterparty) were as follows:

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Borrowing
Balance

 

Fair Value of
Underlying
Collateral

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lehman Brothers Inc.

 

$

700,480

 

$

729,384

 

Citicorp Securities Markets, Inc.

 

418,733

 

425,447

 

Bear Stearns & Company, Inc.

 

93,280

 

95,957

 

Morgan Stanley Dean Witter

 

111,951

 

117,140

 

Bank of America

 

76,154

 

78,457

 

 

 

1,400,598

 

1,446,385

 

Accrued interest

 

1,063

 

6,731

 

Total

 

$

1,401,661

 

$

1,453,116

 

 

Borrowings under reverse repurchase agreements at June 30, were collateralized as follows:

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

Borrowing
Balance

 

Fair Value of
Underlying
Collateral

 

Borrowing
Balance

 

Fair Value of
Underlying
Collateral

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GNMA certificates

 

$

44,291

 

$

45,451

 

$

74,481

 

$

77,787

 

FNMA certificates

 

696,584

 

715,145

 

590,114

 

614,218

 

FNMA sold but not yet delivered

 

 

 

10,747

 

11,027

 

FHLMC

 

505,557

 

522,609

 

312,135

 

321,301

 

CMO

 

154,166

 

163,180

 

9,392

 

6,941

 

Total

 

$

1,400,598

 

$

1,446,385

 

$

996,869

 

$

1,031,274

 

 

At June 30, 2003, the weighted average interest rate of the Group’s repurchase agreements was 1.12% (2002 – 1.84%) and included agreements with interest ranging from 0.97% to 1.28% (2002 – from 1.81% to 1.88%). The following summarizes significant data on securities sold under agreements to repurchase for fiscals 2003 and 2002:

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average daily aggregate balance outstanding

 

$

1,158,243

 

$

998,069

 

Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end

 

$

1,400,598

 

$

1,148,846

 

Weighted average interest rate during the year

 

2.92

%

3.98

%

 

F-23



 

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank

 

At June 30, advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLB) consist of the following:

 

Maturity Date

 

Interest Rate Description

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

July-2002

 

Fixed - 2.04%

 

 

 

$

3,200

 

May-2003

 

Fixed - 4.83%

 

 

 

50,000

 

June-2003

 

Fixed - 2.43%

 

 

 

25,000

 

July-2003

 

Fixed - 2.84%

 

$

25,000

 

25,000

 

July-2003

 

Fixed - 4.70%

 

50,000

 

50,000

 

November-2003

 

Fixed - 2.90%

 

5,000

 

5,000

 

March-2004

 

Fixed - 3.52%

 

25,000

 

25,000

 

June-2004

 

Fixed - 3.37%

 

25,000

 

25,000

 

 

 

 

 

$

130,000

 

$

208,200

 

 

Advances are received from the FHLB under an agreement whereby the Group is required to maintain a minimum amount of qualifying collateral with a market value of at least 110% of the outstanding advances. At June 30, 2003, these advances were secured by mortgage loans amounting to $485,017,000. Also, at June 30, 2003, the Group has an additional borrowing capacity with the FHLB of $263 million.

 

Term Notes

 

At June 30, 2003 there was one term note outstanding in the amount of $15,000,000, with a floating interest rate due quarterly (2003 - 1.11%; 2002 - 2.05%), a maturity date of March 27, 2007, and secured by investment securities amounting to $16,055,000 (2002 – $16,651,000).

 

Subordinated Capital Notes

 

In October 2001, Oriental Financial (PR)  Statutory Trust I, a wholly-owned special purpose subsidiary of the Group, was formed for the purpose of issuing trust redeemable preferred securities. On December 18, 2001, $35 million of trust redeemable preferred securities were issued by the Statutory Trust as part of a pooled underwriting transaction. Pooled underwriting involves participating with other bank holding companies in issuing the securities through a special purpose pooling vehicle created by the underwriters. The securities have a par value of $35 million, bear interest based on 3 months LIBOR plus 360 basis points (4.72% and 5.48% at June 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively) (provided, however, that prior to December 18, 2006, this interest rate shall not exceed 12.5%), payable quarterly, and mature on December 23, 2031. The securities may be redeemed at par after five years. The proceeds from this issuance were used to purchase a like amount of floating rate junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures issued by the Group, which have the same maturity and call provisions as the trust redeemable preferred securities.

 

These trust redeemable preferred securities are accounted for as a liability on the consolidated statements of financial condition and referred to as subordinated capital notes. Dividends on the trust redeemable preferred securities are accounted for as interest expense on an accrual basis. These debts are treated as Tier-1 capital for regulatory purposes.

 

Unused Lines of Credit

 

The Group maintains various lines of credit with other financial institutions from which funds are drawn as needed.  At June 30, 2003 and 2002, the Group’s total available funds under these lines of credit totaled $24,400,000. At June 30, 2003 and 2002, there was no balance outstanding under these lines of credit.

 

F-24



 

Contractual Maturities

 

At June 30, 2003, the contractual maturities of securities sold under agreements to repurchase, advances from the FHLB, term notes and subordinated capital notes by fiscal year are as follows:

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Year Ending
June 30,

 

Reverse
Repurchase
Agreements

 

Advances from
FHLB

 

Term Notes

 

Subordinated
Capital Notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004

 

$

1,400,598

 

$

130,000

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

$

15,000

 

 

 

2032

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

35,000

 

 

 

$

1,400,598

 

$

130,000

 

$

15,000

 

$

35,000

 

 

9.                                      DERIVATIVES ACTIVITIES

 

The Group utilizes various derivative instruments for hedging purposes, such as asset/liability management. These transactions involve both credit and market risk. The notional amounts are amounts on which calculations and payments are based. Notional amounts do not represent direct credit exposures. Direct credit exposure is limited to the net difference between the calculated amounts to be received and paid, if any. The actual risk of loss is the cost of replacing, at market, these contracts in the event of default by the counterparties. The Group controls the credit risk of its derivative financial instrument agreements through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures and collateral, when considered necessary.

 

The Group generally uses interest rate swaps and interest rate options, such as caps and options, in managing its interest rate risk exposure.  The swaps were entered into to convert short-term borrowings into fixed rate liabilities for longer periods and provide protection against increases in short-term interest rates. Under these swaps, the Group pays a fixed monthly or quarterly cost and receives a floating thirty or ninety-day payment based on LIBOR. Floating rate payments received from the swap counterparties correspond to the floating rate payments made on the short-term borrowings thus resulting in a net fixed rate cost to the Group. Under the caps, the Group pays an up front premium or fee for the right to receive cash flow payments in excess of the predetermined cap rate; thus, effectively capping its interest rate cost for the duration of the agreement.

 

Derivative instruments are recognized as assets and liabilities at fair value. If certain conditions are met, the derivative may qualify for hedge accounting treatment and be designated as one of the following types of hedges: (a) hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment (“fair value hedge”); (b) a hedge of the exposure to variability of cash flows of a recognized asset, liability or forecasted transaction (“cash flow hedge”) or (c) a hedge of foreign currency exposure (“foreign currency hedge”).

 

In the case of a qualifying fair value hedge, changes in the value of the derivative instruments that have been highly effective are recognized in current period earnings along with the change in value of the designated hedged item. In the case of a qualifying cash flow hedge, changes in the value of the derivative instruments that have been highly effective are recognized in other comprehensive income, until such time as those earnings are affected by the variability of the cash flows of the underlying hedged item. In either a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge, net earnings may be impacted to the extent the changes in the value of the derivative instruments do not perfectly offset changes in the value of the hedged items. If the derivative is not designated as a hedging instrument, the changes in fair value of the derivative are recorded in earnings.

 

Certain contracts contain embedded derivatives. When the embedded derivative possesses economic characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract, it is bifurcated, carried at fair value, and designated as a trading or non-hedging derivative instrument.

 

F-25



 

The Group’s swaps, excluding those used to manage exposure to the stock market, and caps outstanding and their terms at June 30, are set forth in the table below:

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

Swaps:

 

 

 

 

 

Pay fixed swaps notional amount

 

$

650,000

 

$

500,000

 

Weighted average pay rate – fixed

 

3.97

%

4.77

%

Weighted average receive rate – floating

 

1.24

%

1.84

%

Maturity in months

 

1 to 88

 

1 to 100

 

Floating rate as a percent of LIBOR

 

100

%

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Caps:

 

 

 

 

 

Cap agreements notional amount

 

$

75,000

 

$

200,000

 

Cap rate

 

4.50

%

4.81

%

Current 90 day LIBOR

 

1.31

%

1.86

%

Maturity in months

 

10

 

21 to 59

 

 

The Group offers its customers certificates of deposit with an option tied to the performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 stock market index. At the end of five years, the depositor will receive a specified percentage of the average increase of the month-end value of the stock index.  If the index decreases, the depositor receives the principal without any interest. The Group uses swap and option agreements with major money center banks and major broker dealer companies to manage its exposure to changes in those indexes. Under the terms of the option agreements, the Group will receive the average increase in the month-end value of the corresponding index in exchange for a fixed premium. Under the term of the swap agreements, the Group will receive the average increase in the month-end value of the corresponding index in exchange for a quarterly fixed interest cost. The changes in fair value of the options purchased, the swap agreements and the options embedded in the certificates of deposit are recorded in earnings.

 

Derivatives instruments are generally negotiated over-the-counter (“OTC”) contracts. Negotiated OTC derivatives are generally entered into between two counterparties that negotiate specific agreement terms, including the underlying instrument, amount, exercise price and maturity.

 

Information pertaining to the notional amounts of the Group’s derivative financial instruments as of June 30, 2003 and 2002 is as follows:

 

 

 

Notional Amount
(In thousands)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

Type of Contract:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows Hedging Activities - Interest rate swaps used to hedge a forecasted transaction - short-term borrowings

 

$

650,000

 

$

500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedge:

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps used to manage exposure to the stock market on stock indexed deposits

 

$

7,450

 

$

29,200

 

Purchased options used to manage exposure to the stock market on stock indexed deposits

 

232,800

 

196,940

 

Embedded options on stock indexed deposits

 

229,574

 

222,560

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Caps

 

75,000

 

200,000

 

 

 

$

544,824

 

$

648,700

 

 

F-26



 

At June 30, 2003, the contractual maturities of interest rate swaps and caps, and equity indexed options, by fiscal year were as follows:

 

(In thousands)

 

Year Ending
June 30,

 

Cash Flows
Hedging Swaps

 

Caps

 

Equity Indexed
Options and Swaps
Purchased

 

Equity Indexed
Options Sold

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004

 

$

200,000

 

$

75,000

 

$

40,750

 

$

35,582

 

2005

 

50,000

 

 

51,000

 

49,117

 

2006

 

250,000

 

 

54,150

 

53,678

 

2007

 

 

 

58,490

 

56,908

 

2008

 

 

 

35,860

 

34,289

 

2011

 

150,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

650,000

 

$

75,000

 

$

240,250

 

$

229,574

 

 

During fiscal years 2003, 2002 and 2001, $4.0 million, $2.0 million and $3.9 million, respectively, of losses were charged to earnings and reflected as “Derivatives Activities” in the consolidated statements of income. Unrealized losses of $20.2 million, $12.5 million and $9.5 million, respectively, on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges were included in other comprehensive income during the same periods. Ineffectiveness of $17,308 was credited to earnings during fiscal year 2003. No ineffectiveness was charged to earnings during fiscal years 2002 and 2001.

 

At June 30, 2003 and 2002, the fair value of derivatives was recognized as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial condition as follows: the fair value of the interest rate swaps used to manage the exposure to the stock market on stock indexed deposits represented a liability of $315,804 and $1.8 million, respectively; the purchased options used to manage the exposure to the stock market on stock indexed deposits represented an other asset of $7.4 million and $10.3 million, respectively; and the options sold to customers embedded in the certificates of deposit represented a liability of $7.2 million and $10.5 million, respectively, recorded in deposits. The fair value of the interest rate swaps represented a liability of $42.8 million and $22.6 million, respectively, presented in accrued expenses and other liabilities. The caps did not have carrying value as of June 30, 2003, and a fair value of $4.3 million as of June 30, 2002 was presented in other assets.

 

10.                               EMPLOYEE BENEFITS PLAN:

 

The Group has a cash or deferred arrangement profit sharing plan qualified under Section 1165(e) of the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994, as amended (“the Code”), covering all full-time employees of the Group who have six months of service and are age twenty-one or older. Under this plan, participants may contribute each year from 2% to 10% of their compensation, as defined, up to a specified amount. The Group contributes 80 cents for each dollar contributed by an employee, up to $832 per employee. The Group’s matching contribution is invested in shares of its common stock.  The plan is entitled to acquire and hold qualified employer securities as part of its investment of the trust assets pursuant to ERISA Section 407.  During fiscal year 2003 the Group contributed 6,723 (2002 – 5,637; 2001 - - 7,873) shares of its common stock with a market value of approximately $172,700 (2002 - $143,000; 2001 - $111,000) at the time of contribution.  The Group’s contribution becomes 100% vested once the employee attains three years of service.

 

11.                               RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

 

The Group grants loans to its directors, executive officers and to certain related individuals or organizations in the ordinary course of business.  These loans are offered at the same terms as loans to non-related parties. The movement and balance of these loans were as follows:

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at the beginning of year

 

$

2,776

 

$

2,905

 

New loans

 

1,716

 

1,471

 

Payments

 

(745

)

(1,600

)

Balance at the end of year

 

$

3,747

 

$

2,776

 

 

F-27



 

12.                               INCOME TAX:

 

Under the Code, all companies are treated as separate taxable entities and are not entitled to file consolidated returns. The Group and its subsidiaries are subject to Puerto Rico regular income tax or alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) on income earned from all sources.  The AMT is payable if it exceeds regular income tax.  The excess of AMT over regular income tax paid in any one year may be used to offset regular income tax in future years, subject to certain limitations.

 

The components of income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended June 30, follows:

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

4,208

 

$

2,200

 

$

(1,219

)

Deferred income tax expense(benefit)

 

76

 

(1,480

)

(99

)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

4,284

 

$

720

 

$

(1,318

)

 

The Group maintained an effective tax rate lower than the statutory rate of 39% mainly due to the interest income arising from certain mortgage loans, investments and mortgage-backed securities exempt for Puerto Rico income tax purposes, net of expenses attributable to the exempt income. In addition, the Code provides a dividend received deduction of 100%, on dividends received from wholly-owned subsidiaries subject to income taxation in Puerto Rico. During fiscal 2003, the Group generated tax-exempt interest income of $82,618,000 (2002 -$80,535,000; 2001 - $74,176,000). Exempt interest relates mostly to interest earned on obligations of the United States and Puerto Rico Governments and certain mortgage-backed securities, including securities held by the Group’s International Banking Entity.

 

The reconciliation between the Puerto Rico income tax statutory rate and the effective tax rate as reported for each of the last three fiscal years ended June 30, follows:

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statutory rate

 

$

21,686

 

39.0

%

$

15,277

 

39.0

%

$

2,853

 

39.0

%

Increase (decrease) in rate resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exempt interest income, net

 

(20,923

)

-37.6

%

(14,990

)

-38.3

%

(4,369

)

-59.7

%

Non deductible charges

 

925

 

1.7

%

331

 

0.8

%

675

 

9.2

%

Tax assessment covering  prior years

 

1,800

 

3.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other items, net

 

796

 

1.4

%

102

 

0.3

%

(477

)

-6.5

%

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

4,284

 

7.7

%

$

720

 

1.8

%

$

(1,318

)

-18.0

%

 

In July 2003, the Group and the Puerto Rico Treasury Department settled an investigation of the Bank’s income tax returns for the years ended June 30, 1997, 1998 and 1999 for $1.8 million.

 

Deferred income tax reflects the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The components of the Group’s deferred tax asset, net at June 30, were as follows:

 

F-28



 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

$

1,962

 

$

1,185

 

Deferred gain on sale of servicing rights

 

2,773

 

1,884

 

Realized losses on capital assets

 

21

 

511

 

Unrealized losses on derivative activities

 

44

 

1,460

 

Deferred loan origination fees

 

4,756

 

3,547

 

Other temporary differences

 

 

411

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

9,556

 

8,998

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains included in other comprehensive income

 

(3,728

)

(1,977

)

Deferred loan origination costs

 

(2,097

)

(1,463

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

(5,825

)

(3,440

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax asset, net

 

$

3,731

 

$

5,558

 

 

No valuation allowance was deemed necessary as of June 30, 2003 and 2002.

 

13.                               COMMITMENTS:

 

Loan Commitments

 

At June 30, 2003, there were $21,748,000 (2002 - $15,836,000) of unused lines of credit provided to customers and $5,738,000 in commitments to originate loans (2002 - $4,423,000). Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates and may require payment of a fee.  Since the commitments may expire unexercised, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  The Group evaluates each customer’s credit-worthiness on a case-by-case basis.  The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Group upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer.

 

Lease Commitments

 

The Group has entered into various operating lease agreements for branch facilities and administrative offices.  Rent expense for fiscal 2003 amounted to $2,808,000 (2002 - $2,092,000; 2001 - $1,511,000).  As of June 30, 2003, future rental commitments under the terms of the leases, exclusive of taxes, insurance and maintenance expenses payable by the Group, are summarized as follows:

 

Year Ending June 30,

 

Minimum Rent

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

2004

 

$

1,842

 

2005

 

1,717

 

2006

 

1,575

 

2007

 

1,153

 

2008

 

1,082

 

Thereafter

 

2,435

 

 

 

$

9,804

 

 

14.                               LITIGATION:

 

On August 14, 1998, as a result of a review of its accounts in connection with the admission by a former Group officer of having embezzled funds, and manipulated bank accounts and records, the Group became aware of certain irregularities. The Group notified the appropriate regulatory authorities and commenced an intensive investigation with the assistance of forensic accountants, fraud experts and legal counsel. The investigation determined losses of $9.6 million ($5.8 net of tax) resulting from dishonest and fraudulent acts and omissions involving several former Group employees, which were submitted to the Group’s fidelity insurance policy (“Policy”) issued by Federal Insurance Company, Inc. (“FIC”). In the opinion of the Group’s management, its legal counsel and experts, the losses determined by the investigation were covered by the policy. However, FIC denied all claims for such losses. On August 11, 2000, the Group filed a lawsuit in the United States District Court for the district of Puerto Rico against FIC, a stock insurance corporation organized under the laws of the State of Indiana, for breach of insurance contract, breach of covenant of good faith and fair dealing and damages, seeking payment of the Group’s $9.6 million insurance claim loss and the payment of consequential damages of no less than $13.0 million resulting from FIC capricious, arbitrary fraudulent and without cause denial of the Group’s claim. The trial in this case, although scheduled to be held on September 2, 2003, was postponed by the court as a result of certain open procedural matters and the court’s obligation to give priority to criminal trials over civil trials under the Speedy Trial Act. The court does intend on trying this case on a preferred basis, if applicable, when an appropriate opening in the civil calendar is available.  The losses resulted from such dishonest and fraudulent acts and omissions were expensed in prior years.

 

In addition, the Group and its subsidiaries are defendants in a number of legal proceedings incidental to its business. The Group is vigorously contesting such claims. Based upon a review by legal counsel and the development of these matters to date, management is of the opinion that the ultimate aggregate liability, if any, resulting from these claims will not have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial position or the results of operations.

 

F-29



 

15.                               FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

 

The reported fair values of financial instruments are based on either quoted market prices for identical or comparable instruments or estimated based on assumptions concerning the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows and assumed discount rates reflecting varying degrees of risk. Accordingly, the fair values may not represent the actual values of the financial instruments that could have been realized as of year-end or that will be realized in the future.

 

The fair value estimates are made at a point in time based on the type of financial instruments and related relevant market information. Quoted market prices are used for financial instruments in which an active market exists.  However, because no market exists for a portion of the Group’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows, assumed discount rates reflecting varying degrees of risk, and other factors.  Because of the uncertainty inherent in estimating fair values, these estimates may vary from the values that would have been used had a ready market for these financial instruments existed.

 

These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and, therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could affect these fair value estimates. The fair value estimates do not take into consideration the value of future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments. Other significant tangible and intangible assets that are not considered financial instruments are the value of long-term customer relationships of the retail deposits, and premises and equipment.

 

The estimated fair value and carrying value of the Group’s financial instruments at June 30, is as follows:

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

Fair
Value

 

Carrying
Value

 

Fair
Value

 

Carrying
Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

15,945

 

$

15,945

 

$

9,280

 

$

9,280

 

Money market investments

 

787

 

787

 

1,032

 

1,032

 

Time deposits with other banks

 

365

 

365

 

 

 

Trading securities

 

1,037

 

1,037

 

9,259

 

9,259

 

Investment securities available-for-sale

 

2,207,604

 

2,207,604

 

1,729,824

 

1,729,824

 

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock

 

22,537

 

22,537

 

17,320

 

17,320

 

Securities and loans sold but yet not delivered

 

1,894

 

1,894

 

71,750

 

71,750

 

Total loans (including loans held-for-sale)

 

772,398

 

728,462

 

597,637

 

576,770

 

Equity options and caps purchased

 

6,787

 

6,787

 

12,145

 

12,145

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

17,716

 

17,716

 

15,698

 

15,698

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits, including accrued interest

 

1,023,992

 

1,044,265

 

962,023

 

968,850

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

1,400,551

 

1,400,598

 

996,869

 

996,869

 

Advances and borrowings from FHLB

 

130,233

 

130,000

 

208,981

 

208,200

 

Subordinated capital notes

 

34,976

 

35,000

 

35,000

 

35,000

 

Term notes

 

15,000

 

15,000

 

15,000

 

15,000

 

Securities purchased but not yet received

 

152,219

 

152,219

 

56,195

 

56,195

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

60,706

 

60,706

 

37,767

 

37,767

 

 

F-30



 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

Contract or
Notional
Amount

 

Fair
Value

 

Contract or
Notional
Amount

 

Fair
Value

 

Off-Balance Sheet Items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

$

5,738

 

$

(115

)

$

4,423

 

$

(88

)

Unused lines of credit

 

21,748

 

(435

)

15,836

 

(317

)

 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values of significant financial instruments at June 30, 2003 and 2002:

 

                  Cash and due from banks, money market investments, time deposits with other banks, securities and loans sold but not yet delivered, accrued interest receivable and payable, securities purchased but not yet received, accrued expenses and other liabilities have been valued at the carrying amounts reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as these are reasonable estimates of fair value given the short-term nature of the instruments.

 

                  The fair value of investment securities is estimated based on bid quotations from securities dealers.  If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities. Investments in FHLB stock are valued at their redemption value.

 

                  The estimated fair value for loans held-for-sale is based on secondary market prices or contractual agreements to sell.  The fair value of the loan portfolio has been estimated for loan portfolios with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type, such as commercial, real estate mortgage and consumer.  Each loan category is further segmented into fixed and adjustable interest rates and by performing and non-performing categories. The fair value of performing loans is calculated by discounting contractual cash flows, adjusted for prepayment estimates, if any, using estimated current market discount rates that reflect the credit and interest rate risk inherent in the loan. The fair value for significant non-performing loans is based on specific evaluations of discounted expected future cash flows from the loans or its collateral using current appraisals and market rates.

 

                  The fair value of non-interest bearing demand deposits, savings and NOW accounts is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of the contractual cash flows, using estimated current market discount rates for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

 

                  For short-term borrowings, the carrying amount is considered a reasonable estimate of fair value. The fair value of long-term borrowings is based on the discounted value of the contractual cash flows, using current estimated market discount rates for borrowings with similar terms and remaining maturities.

 

                  The fair value of interest rate swap and interest rate option contracts was obtained from dealer quotes.  This value represents the estimated amount the Group would receive or pay to terminate the contracts, at the reporting date, taking into account current interest rates and the current creditworthiness of the contracts counterparties.

 

                  The fair value of commitments to extend credit is based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standings.

 

F-31



 

16.                               SEGMENT REPORTING:

 

In fiscal 2001 and 2002, the Group operated the following three major reportable segments: Financial Services, Mortgage Banking, and Retail Banking. In the third quarter of fiscal 2003, the Group segregated its businesses into the following new major reportable segments of business: Retail Banking, Treasury and Financial Services. As required by GAAP, consolidated financial statements published by the Group will reflect modifications to its reportable segments resulting from this organizational change, including reclassification of all comparable prior period segment information.

 

Management determined the reportable segments based on the internal reporting used to evaluate performance and to assess where to allocate resources. Other factors such as the Group’s organizational chart, nature of products, distribution channels and economic characteristics of the products were also considered in the determination of the reportable segments. The Group measures the performance of these reportable segments, based on pre-established goals of different financial parameters such as net income, net interest income, loan production, and fees generated.

 

The Group’s two largest business segments are Retail Banking and Treasury. Retail Banking includes the Bank’s branches and mortgage banking, with traditional banking products such as deposits and mortgage, commercial and consumer loans. The mortgage banking activities are carried out by the Bank’s mortgage banking division, which principal activity is to originate and purchase mortgage loans for the Group’s own portfolio. From time to time, if conditions so warrant, it may sell loans to other financial institutions or securitize conforming loans into GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC certificates using another institution as issuer. The other institution services mortgages included in the resulting GNMA, FNMA, and FHLMC pools. The Group also sells the rights to service mortgage loans for others. The Treasury segment encompasses all of the Group’s treasury functions.

 

The Group’s third largest business segment is Financial Services. It is comprised of the Bank’s trust division (Oriental Trust), the brokerage subsidiary (Oriental Financial Services Corp.), the insurance agency subsidiary (Oriental Insurance, Inc.), and the recently acquired pension plan administration subsidiary (Caribbean Pension Consultants, Inc.). The core operations of this segment are financial planning, money management and investment brokerage services, insurance sales activity, corporate and individual trust services, as well as pension plan administration services.

 

Intersegment sales and transfers, if any, are accounted for as if the sales or transfers were to third parties, that is, at current market prices.

 

The financial information presented in the next table was derived from the internal management accounting system and are based on internal management accounting policies. The information presented does not necessarily represent each segment’s financial condition and result of operations as if they were independent parties. Other segments include the transactions of the Group parent company only, the Statutory Trust and Oriental Mortgage. Following are the results of operations and the selected financial information by operating segment for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2003:

 

F-32



 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Retail
Banking

 

Treasury

 

Financial
Services

 

Total Major
Segments

 

Other
Segments

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated
Total

 

Fiscal 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

51,486

 

$

97,365

 

$

84

 

$

148,935

 

$

4,737

 

$

(1,926

)

$

151,746

 

Interest expense

 

(20,312

)

(54,958

)

 

(75,270

)

(3,932

)

1,926

 

(77,276

)

Net interest income

 

31,174

 

42,407

 

84

 

73,665

 

805

 

 

74,470

 

Non-interest income

 

13,350

 

10,429

 

14,923

 

38,702

 

278

 

 

38,980

 

Non-interest expenses

 

(41,424

)

(1,722

)

(9,382

)

(52,528

)

(1,128

)

 

(53,656

)

Intersegment revenue

 

4,888

 

 

276

 

5,164

 

 

(5,164

)

 

Intersegment expense

 

(2,136

)

 

(2,699

)

(4,835

)

(329

)

5,164

 

 

Equity income in subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

51,566

 

(51,566

)

 

Provision for loan losses

 

(4,190

)

 

 

(4,190

)

 

 

(4,190

)

Income before taxes

 

$

1,662

 

$

51,113

 

$

3,202

 

$

55,978

 

$

51,192

 

$

(51,566

)

$

55,604

 

Total assets as of June 30,

 

$

822,681

 

$

2,167,589

 

$

9,746

 

$

3,000,016

 

$

291,760

 

$

(252,308

)

$

3,039,468

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

46,131

 

$

93,384

 

$

306

 

$

139,821

 

$

2,986

 

$

(1,112

)

$

141,695

 

Interest expense

 

(22,286

)

(59,281

)

(16

)

(81,583

)

(2,224

)

1,112

 

(82,695

)

Net interest income

 

23,845

 

34,103

 

290

 

58,238

 

762

 

 

59,000

 

Non-interest income

 

13,645

 

3,516

 

14,070

 

31,231

 

19

 

 

31,250

 

Non-interest expenses

 

(37,701

)

(1,225

)

(9,048

)

(47,974

)

(988

)

 

(48,962

)

Intersegment revenue

 

4,982

 

 

 

4,982

 

 

(4,982

)

 

Intersegment expense

 

(2,156

)

 

(2,377

)

(4,533

)

(449

)

4,982

 

 

Equity income in subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

38,444

 

(38,444

)

 

Provision for loan losses

 

(2,117

)

 

 

(2,117

)

 

 

(2,117

)

Income before taxes

 

$

498

 

$

36,394

 

$

2,935

 

$

39,827

 

$

37,788

 

$

(38,444

)

$

39,171

 

Total assets as of June 30,

 

$

743,407

 

$

1,693,051

 

$

6,613

 

$

2,443,071

 

$

236,973

 

$

(195,734

)

$

2,484,310

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

40,378

 

$

79,300

 

$

 

$

119,678

 

$

683

 

$

(17

)

$

120,344

 

Interest expense

 

(23,670

)

(67,611

)

(17

)

(91,298

)

 

17

 

(91,281

)

Net interest income

 

16,708

 

11,689

 

(17

)

28,380

 

683

 

 

29,063

 

Non-interest income

 

4,814

 

3,126

 

12,458

 

20,398

 

(15

)

 

20,383

 

Non-interest expenses

 

(29,990

)

(624

)

(7,762

)

(38,376

)

(852

)

 

(39,228

)

Intersegment revenue

 

3,422

 

 

 

3,422

 

 

(3,422

)

 

Intersegment expense

 

(1,777

)

 

(1,645

)

(3,422

)

 

3,422

 

 

Equity income in subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

8,666

 

(8,666

)

 

Provision for loan losses

 

(2,903

)

 

 

(2,903

)

 

 

(2,903

)

Income before taxes

 

$

(9,726

)

$

14,191

 

$

3,034

 

$

7,499

 

$

8,482

 

$

(8,666

)

$

7,315

 

Total assets as of June 30,

 

$

417,912

 

$

1,610,476

 

$

7,749

 

$

2,036,137

 

$

134,216

 

$

(136,647

)

$

2,033,706

 

 

17.                               ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC. (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The principal source of income for the Group consists of dividends from the Bank. As a member subject to the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, the Group must obtain approval from the Federal Reserve Board for any dividend if the total of all dividends declared by it in any calendar year would exceed the total of its consolidated net profits for the year, as defined by the Federal Reserve Board, combined with its retained net profits for the two preceding years. The payment of dividends by the Bank to the Group may also be affected by other regulatory requirements and policies, such as the maintenance of certain regulatory capital levels. Cash dividends paid by the Bank to the Group amounted to $11,500,000, $8,000,000 and $20,000,000 for the years ended June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

F-33



 

The following condensed financial information presents the financial position of the Parent Company Only as of June 30, 2003 and 2002 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the three years in the period ended June 30, 2003:

 

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
(Parent Company Only)

 

 

 

As of June,

 

(In thousands)

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

4,556

 

$

950

 

Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair value

 

53,568

 

43,447

 

Investment in bank subsidiary, at equity method

 

182,947

 

152,929

 

Investment in nonbank subsidiaries, at equity method

 

8,896

 

6,327

 

Due from nonbank subsidiaries

 

 

63

 

Other assets

 

1,303

 

1,409

 

Total assets

 

$

251,270

 

$

205,125

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend payable

 

$

2,472

 

$

2,065

 

Due to nonbank subsidiaries

 

61

 

72

 

Due to bank subsidiary

 

1,944

 

449

 

Subordinated capital notes payable to nonbank subsidiary

 

36,083

 

36,083

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

7,599

 

 

Deferred tax liability, net

 

1,019

 

27

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

412

 

 

Total liabilities

 

49,590

 

38,696

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

201,680

 

166,429

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’  equity

 

$

251,270

 

$

205,125

 

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Parent Company Only)

 

 

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

(In thousands)

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends from bank subsidiary current year earnings

 

$

11,500

 

$

8,000

 

$

8,578

 

Dividends from nonbank subsidiary current year earnings

 

57

 

 

 

Interest income

 

2,811

 

1,874

 

683

 

Investment and trading activities, net and others

 

278

 

19

 

(15

)

Total income

 

14,646

 

9,893

 

9,246

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest  expense

 

2,006

 

1,113

 

 

Operating expenses

 

1,128

 

988

 

851

 

Total expenses

 

3,134

 

2,101

 

851

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

11,512

 

7,792

 

8,395

 

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

(202

)

215

 

(14

)

Income before changes in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

 

11,310

 

8,007

 

8,381

 

Equity in undistributed earnings from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank subsidiary

 

39,525

 

30,151

 

 

Nonbank subsidiaries

 

485

 

293

 

88

 

Net income

 

51,320

 

38,451

 

8,469

 

Other comprenhensive income (loss), net of taxes

 

(7,139

)

25,014

 

(1,691

)

Comprehensive income

 

$

44,181

 

$

63,465

 

$

6,778

 

 

F-34



 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Parent Company Only)

 

 

 

Year Ended June 30,

 

(In thousands)

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

51,320

 

$

38,451

 

$

8,469

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed earnings from banking subsidiary

 

(39,525

)

(30,151

)

 

Equity in undistributed earnings from non banking subsidiaries

 

(485

)

(293

)

(88

)

Net amortization of premiums on investment securities

 

208

 

26

 

395

 

Realized gain on sale of investments

 

(300

)

 

 

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

 

202

 

(202

)

 

Amortization of goodwill

 

 

 

18

 

Decrease (increase)  in other assets

 

99

 

(746

)

(557

)

Decrease in accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

(76

)

 

 

Total adjustments

 

(39,877

)

(31,366

)

(232

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

11,443

 

7,085

 

8,237

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of investment securities available-for-sale

 

(18,236

)

(35,705

)

 

Redemptions and sales of investment securities available-for-sale

 

11,367

 

5,320

 

4,195

 

Dividends received from bank subsidiary prior year earnings

 

 

 

11,422

 

Acquisition of and capital contribution in nonbank subsidiaries

 

(1,591

)

(1,083

)

(1

)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

(8,460

)

(31,468

)

15,616

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

7,599

 

 

 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

5,086

 

1,670

 

396

 

Net increase (decrease) in due to nonbank subsidiaries, net

 

52

 

(184

)

(10,442

)

Net increase in due to bank subsidiary, net

 

1,495

 

449

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of subordinated notes payable to nonbank subsidiary

 

 

36,083

 

 

Purchases of treasury stock

 

(2,214

)

(3,023

)

(3,535

)

Dividends paid

 

(11,395

)

(10,039

)

(9,920

)

Net cash provided by (used in)  financing activities

 

623

 

24,956

 

(23,501

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

3,606

 

573

 

351

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

950

 

377

 

25

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

4,556

 

$

950

 

$

376

 

 

18.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT

 

On August 29, 2003 the Group filed a registration statement on Form S-3 with the Securities and Exchange Commission for a proposed issue of up to 1,380,000 shares of Non-cummulative Monthly Income Preferred Stock, Series B, at $25 per share, which was amended by Pre-effective Amendment No. 1 on September 8, 2003. Proceeds from issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock, are expected to be $33,106,903, net of $1,393,097 of expenses.

 

The rights, preferences and privileges of the Series B Preferred Stock are substantially similar to the rights, preferences and privileges of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, except as to the dividend rate and optional redemption dates of the Series B Preferred Stock.

 

F-35



 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Table of Contents

 

Description

 

 

 

 

Selected Financial Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings, Per Share, and Dividends Data

 

 

Period End Balances

 

 

Selected Financial Ratios and Other Information

 

 

 

 

Table 1

Fiscal Year-To-Date Analysis of Interest Income and Changes due to Volume / Rate

 

 

 

 

Table 2

Non-Interest Income Summary

 

 

 

 

Table 3

Non-Interest Expenses Summary

 

 

 

 

Table 4

Bank Assets Summary and Composition

 

 

 

 

Table 5

Loans receivable composition

 

 

 

 

Table 6

Liabilities Summary and Composition

 

 

 

 

Table 7

Capital, Dividends and Stock Data

 

 

 

 

Table 8

Allowance for Loan Losses Summary

 

 

 

 

Table 9

Allowance for Loan Losses Breakdowns

 

 

 

 

Table 10

Net Credit Losses Statistics

 

 

 

 

Table 11

Non-Performing Assets

 

 

 

 

Table 12

Non-Performing Loans

 

 

 

 

Table 13

Selected Quarterly Financial Data

 

 

 

 

Overview of Financial Performance

 

F-36



 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

FIVE-YEAR PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 2003

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT FOR PER SHARE INFORMATION)

 

EARNINGS:

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

1999

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

151,746

 

$

141,695

 

$

120,344

 

$

126,226

 

$

107,809

 

Interest expense

 

77,276

 

82,695

 

91,281

 

81,728

 

64,775

 

Net interest income

 

74,470

 

59,000

 

29,063

 

44,498

 

43,034

 

Provision for loan losses

 

4,190

 

2,117

 

2,903

 

8,150

 

14,473

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

70,280

 

56,883

 

26,160

 

36,348

 

28,561

 

Non-interest income

 

38,980

 

31,250

 

20,383

 

23,674

 

33,953

 

Non-interest expenses

 

53,656

 

48,962

 

39,228

 

40,348

 

35,610

 

Income before taxes

 

55,604

 

39,171

 

7,315

 

19,674

 

26,904

 

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

(4,284

)

(720

)

1,318

 

(108

)

(200

)

Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

51,320

 

38,451

 

8,633

 

19,566

 

26,704

 

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax

 

 

 

(164

)

 

 

Net Income

 

51,320

 

38,451

 

8,469

 

19,566

 

26,704

 

Less: dividends on preferred stock

 

(2,387

)

(2,387

)

(2,387

)

(2,387

)

(350

)

Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

48,933

 

$

36,064

 

$

6,082

 

$

17,179

 

$

26,354

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PER SHARE AND DIVIDENDS DATA (1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic EPS before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

$

2.81

 

$

2.10

 

$

0.36

 

$

0.98

 

$

1.47

 

Basic EPS after cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

$

2.81

 

$

2.10

 

$

0.35

 

$

0.98

 

$

1.47

 

Diluted EPS before cummulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

$

2.65

 

$

2.00

 

$

0.36

 

$

0.95

 

$

1.41

 

Diluted EPS after cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

 

$

2.65

 

$

2.00

 

$

0.35

 

$

0.95

 

$

1.41

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average common shares outstanding

 

17,396

 

17,139

 

17,245

 

17,583

 

17,945

 

Average potential common share-options

 

1,091

 

864

 

313

 

516

 

800

 

Average shares and shares equivalents

 

18,487

 

18,003

 

17,558

 

18,099

 

18,745

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Book value per common share

 

$

9.52

 

$

7.72

 

$

4.66

 

$

4.83

 

$

4.69

 

Market price at end of year

 

$

25.69

 

$

20.29

 

$

13.82

 

$

10.50

 

$

17.54

 

Cash dividends declared per common share

 

$

0.54

 

$

0.46

 

$

0.44

 

$

0.44

 

$

0.41

 

Cash dividends declared on common share

 

$

9,414

 

$

7,840

 

$

7,533

 

$

7,651

 

$

7,369

 

 


(1) Per share related information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect stock splits and stock dividends, when applicable.

 

YEAR END BALANCES (as of June 30,):

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

1999

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trust assets managed

 

$

1,670,437

 

$

1,382,268

 

$

1,444,534

 

$

1,456,500

 

$

1,380,200

 

Broker-dealer assets gathered

 

962,919

 

1,118,181

 

1,002,253

 

914,900

 

885,800

 

Assets managed

 

2,633,356

 

2,500,449

 

2,446,787

 

2,371,400

 

2,266,000

 

Group bank assets owned

 

3,039,468

 

2,484,310

 

2,033,706

 

1,847,564

 

1,577,767

 

Total financial assets managed and owned

 

$

5,672,824

 

$

4,984,759

 

$

4,480,493

 

$

4,218,964

 

$

3,843,767

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments and loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities

 

$

2,232,330

 

$

1,757,435

 

$

1,459,991

 

$

1,179,484

 

$

946,411

 

Loans and leases (including loans held-for-sale), net

 

728,462

 

576,770

 

462,579

 

597,273

 

565,725

 

Securities and loans sold but not yet delivered

 

1,894

 

71,750

 

14,108

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,962,686

 

$

2,405,955

 

$

1,936,678

 

$

1,776,757

 

$

1,512,136

 

Deposits and Borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

$

1,044,265

 

$

968,850

 

$

815,538

 

$

735,041

 

$

672,258

 

Repurchase agreements

 

1,400,598

 

996,869

 

915,471

 

816,493

 

596,226

 

Other borrowings

 

180,000

 

258,200

 

165,000

 

156,500

 

174,900

 

Securities purchased but not yet received

 

152,219

 

56,195

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,777,082

 

$

2,280,114

 

$

1,896,009

 

$

1,708,034

 

$

1,443,384

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred equity

 

$

33,500

 

$

33,500

 

$

33,500

 

$

33,500

 

$

33,500

 

Common equity

 

168,180

 

132,929

 

79,990

 

84,369

 

82,798

 

 

 

$

201,680

 

$

166,429

 

$

113,490

 

$

117,869

 

$

116,298

 

Capital ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leverage capital

 

8.19

%

7.80

%

6.68

%

7.49

%

8.30

%

Total risk-based capital

 

25.00

%

22.10

%

19.96

%

29.29

%

24.21

%

Tier 1 risk-based capital

 

24.48

%

21.76

%

19.53

%

30.54

%

22.95

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS AND OTHER INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets (ROA)

 

1.88

%

1.67

%

0.49

%

1.15

%

1.84

%

Return on average common equity (ROE)

 

31.33

%

32.47

%

7.85

%

18.73

%

24.41

%

Equity-to-assets ratio

 

6.64

%

6.69

%

5.57

%

6.37

%

7.36

%

Efficiency ratio

 

51.35

%

57.22

%

72.06

%

58.56

%

53.38

%

Expense ratio

 

0.99

%

1.04

%

0.85

%

1.00

%

0.88

%

Interest rate spread

 

2.91

%

2.59

%

1.52

%

2.43

%

2.94

%

Number of financial centers

 

23

 

21

 

20

 

19

 

19

 

 

F-37



 

Selected Financial Data

Years ended June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001

(Dollars in thousands)

 

TABLE 1 - FISCAL YEAR-TO-DATE ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME AND CHANGES DUE TO VOLUME/RATE:

 

 

 

Interest

 

Average rate

 

Average balance

 

 

 

2003

 

2002*

 

2001*

 

2003

 

2002*

 

2001*

 

2003

 

2002*

 

2001*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A — TAX EQUIVALENT SPREAD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets

 

$

151,746

 

$

141,695

 

$

120,344

 

6.09

%

6.54

%

7.17

%

$

2,493,382

 

$

2,166,516

 

$

1,677,786

 

Tax equivalent adjustment

 

52,895

 

28,171

 

35,226

 

2.12

%

1.30

%

2.10

%

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets — tax equivalent

 

204,641

 

169,866

 

155,570

 

8.21

%

7.84

%

9.27

%

2,493,382

 

2,166,516

 

1,677,786

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

77,276

 

82,695

 

91,281

 

3.18

%

3.95

%

5.65

%

2,429,373

 

2,091,738

 

1,614,893

 

Net interest income / spread

 

$

127,365

 

$

87,171

 

$

64,289

 

5.03

%

3.89

%

3.62

%

$

64,009

 

$

74,778

 

$

62,893

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B — NORMAL SPREAD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities

 

$

100,905

 

$

93,373

 

$

75,172

 

5.61

%

6.06

%

6.75

%

$

1,799,458

 

$

1,541,155

 

$

1,113,667

 

Investment management fees

 

(1,443

)

(1,535

)

(1,016

)

-0.08

%

-0.10

%

-0.09

%

 

 

 

Total investment securities

 

99,462

 

91,838

 

74,156

 

5.53

%

5.96

%

6.66

%

1,799,458

 

1,541,155

 

1,113,667

 

Trading securities

 

502

 

2,744

 

2,735

 

4.86

%

6.66

%

7.55

%

10,332

 

41,186

 

36,223

 

Money market investments

 

296

 

1,058

 

4,691

 

1.93

%

3.01

%

5.97

%

15,345

 

35,096

 

78,630

 

 

 

100,260

 

95,640

 

81,582

 

5.49

%

5.91

%

6.64

%

1,825,135

 

1,617,437

 

1,228,520

 

Loans (1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate (2)

 

45,848

 

40,173

 

32,970

 

7.54

%

8.11

%

8.20

%

608,189

 

495,631

 

401,916

 

Consumer

 

2,682

 

3,123

 

3,008

 

13.82

%

14.49

%

15.41

%

19,404

 

21,549

 

19,517

 

Commercial

 

2,958

 

2,757

 

2,375

 

7.31

%

8.80

%

10.36

%

40,477

 

31,345

 

22,926

 

Financing leases (3)

 

(2

)

2

 

409

 

-1.13

%

0.36

%

8.34

%

177

 

554

 

4,907

 

 

 

51,486

 

46,055

 

38,762

 

7.70

%

8.39

%

8.63

%

668,247

 

549,079

 

449,266

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

151,746

 

141,695

 

120,344

 

6.09

%

6.54

%

7.17

%

2,493,382

 

2,166,516

 

1,677,786

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing deposits

 

 

 

 

0.00

%

0.00

%

0.00

%

56,263

 

48,190

 

44,571

 

Now Accounts

 

1,054

 

1,511

 

940

 

1.69

%

3.19

%

4.29

%

62,436

 

47,364

 

21,928

 

Savings

 

1,319

 

1,850

 

2,186

 

1.55

%

2.30

%

2.85

%

84,874

 

80,400

 

76,658

 

Time and IRA accounts

 

31,284

 

30,227

 

33,516

 

3.83

%

4.33

%

5.89

%

816,197

 

697,546

 

569,415

 

 

 

33,657

 

33,588

 

36,642

 

3.30

%

3.85

%

5.14

%

1,019,770

 

873,500

 

712,572

 

Borrowings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase agreements

 

17,362

 

23,883

 

46,727

 

1.50

%

2.39

%

5.91

%

1,158,243

 

998,069

 

790,498

 

Interest rate risk management

 

16,141

 

15,551

 

1,141

 

1.39

%

1.56

%

0.14

%

 

 

 

Financing fees

 

331

 

255

 

179

 

0.03

%

0.03

%

0.02

%

 

 

 

Total repurchase agreements

 

33,834

 

39,689

 

48,047

 

2.92

%

3.98

%

6.08

%

1,158,243

 

998,069

 

790,498

 

FHLB funds and term notes

 

7,918

 

8,306

 

6,592

 

3.66

%

4.12

%

5.90

%

216,360

 

201,469

 

111,823

 

Subordinated capital notes

 

1,867

 

1,112

 

 

5.33

%

5.95

%

 

35,000

 

18,700

 

 

 

 

43,619

 

49,107

 

54,639

 

3.09

%

4.03

%

6.06

%

1,409,603

 

1,218,238

 

902,321

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

77,276

 

82,695

 

91,281

 

3.18

%

3.95

%

5.65

%

2,429,373

 

2,091,738

 

1,614,893

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income / spread

 

$

74,470

 

$

59,000

 

$

29,063

 

2.91

%

2.59

%

1.52

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate margin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.99

%

2.72

%

1.73

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Excess of interest-earning assets over interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

64,009

 

$

74,778

 

$

62,893

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets over interest-bearing liabilities ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

102.63

%

103.57

%

103.89

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C.  CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME DUE TO (4):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2003 versus 2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2002 versus 2001

 

 

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Total

 

Interest Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans (1)

 

$

9,404

 

$

(3,973

)

$

5,431

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

8,399

 

$

(1,106

)

$

7,293

 

Investments

 

11,720

 

(7,100

)

4,620

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,724

 

(9,666

)

14,058

 

 

 

21,123

 

(11,072

)

10,051

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32,123

 

(10,772

)

21,351

 

Interest Expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

5,193

 

(5,124

)

69

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,289

 

(10,343

)

(3,054

)

Repurchase agreements

 

7,006

 

(12,861

)

(5,855

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,499

 

(22,857

)

(8,358

)

Other borrowings

 

1,261

 

(894

)

367

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,021

 

(2,195

)

2,826

 

 

 

13,460

 

(18,879

)

(5,419

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,809

 

(35,395

)

(8,586

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

 

$

7,663

 

$

7,807

 

$

15,470

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,314

 

$

24,623

 

$

29,937

 

 


* Certain adjustments were made to conform figures to current period presentation.

(1) - Loans fees amounted to $2,333, $1,862 and $857 in fiscal 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

(2) - Real estate averages include loans held-for-sale.

(3) - Discontinued in June 2000.

(4) - The changes that are not due solely to volume or rate are allocated on the proportion of the change in each category.

 

F-38



 

Selected Financial Data

Three-Year Period Ended June 30, 2003

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

Variance %

 

2001

 

TABLE 2 - NON-INTEREST INCOME SUMMARY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trust, money management, brokerage, insurance and investment banking fees

 

$

14,472

 

$

13,848

 

4.5

%

$

12,013

 

Mortgage banking activities

 

8,026

 

8,748

 

-8.3

%

8,794

 

Non-banking service revenues

 

22,498

 

22,596

 

-0.4

%

20,807

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fees on deposit accounts

 

4,075

 

2,721

 

49.8

%

2,162

 

Bank service charges and commissions

 

1,625

 

1,757

 

-7.5

%

1,654

 

Other operating revenues

 

268

 

133

 

101.5

%

359

 

Bank service revenues

 

5,968

 

4,611

 

29.4

%

4,175

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities net gain (loss)

 

14,223

 

4,362

 

226.1

%

(1,175

)

Trading net gain (loss)

 

571

 

1,149

 

-50.3

%

(484

)

Derivatives net gain (loss)

 

(4,061

)

(1,997

)

103.4

%

(3,919

)

Securities, derivatives and trading activities

 

10,733

 

3,514

 

205.4

%

(5,578

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leasing revenues (discontinued in June 2000)

 

 

 

0.0

%

65

 

Gain (loss) on sale of loans

 

 

104

 

-100.0

%

914

 

Gain (loss) on sale of premises and equipment

 

(219

)

425

 

-151.5

%

 

Other non-interest income

 

(219

)

529

 

-141.4

%

979

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

 

$

38,980

 

$

31,250

 

24.7

%

$

20,383

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE 3 - NON-INTEREST EXPENSES SUMMARY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed compensation

 

$

15,658

 

$

11,531

 

35.8

%

$

10,757

 

Variable compensation

 

4,905

 

4,847

 

1.2

%

3,416

 

Compensation and benefits (1)

 

20,563

 

16,378

 

25.6

%

14,173

 

Stock option cancellation

 

 

800

 

-100.0

%

1,499

 

Total compensation and benefits

 

20,563

 

17,178

 

19.7

%

15,672

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Occupancy and equipment

 

9,079

 

7,800

 

16.4

%

7,141

 

Advertising and business promotion

 

7,052

 

6,717

 

5.0

%

4,298

 

Professional and service fees

 

6,467

 

7,125

 

-9.2

%

2,891

 

Communications

 

1,671

 

1,507

 

10.9

%

1,633

 

Municipal and other general taxes

 

1,556

 

1,722

 

-9.6

%

1,951

 

Insurance, including deposits insurance

 

736

 

569

 

29.3

%

474

 

Printing, postage, stationery and supplies

 

1,038

 

791

 

31.2

%

683

 

Other operating expenses

 

5,494

 

5,553

 

-1.1

%

4,485

 

Other non-interest expenses

 

33,093

 

31,784

 

4.1

%

23,556

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

 

$

53,656

 

$

48,962

 

9.6

%

$

39,228

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Relevant ratios and data (1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest income to Non-interest expenses ratio

 

72.65

%

63.83

%

 

 

51.96

%

Efficiency ratio

 

51.35

%

57.22

%

 

 

67.83

%

Expense ratio

 

0.99

%

1.04

%

 

 

1.00

%

Compensation and benefits to non-interest expenses (1)

 

38.3

%

33.5

%

 

 

36.1

%

Variable compensation to total compensation (1)

 

23.9

%

29.6

%

 

 

24.1

%

Compensation to total assets (1)

 

0.68

%

0.66

%

 

 

0.70

%

Average compensation per employee (1)

 

$

40.6

 

$

39.3

 

 

 

$

40.2

 

Average number of employees

 

506

 

417

 

 

 

353

 

Bank assets per employee

 

$

6,007

 

$

5,958

 

 

 

$

4,750

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Work force:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banking operations

 

423

 

359

 

 

 

314

 

Trust operations

 

57

 

24

 

 

 

27

 

Brokerage and Insurance operations

 

33

 

42

 

 

 

48

 

Total work force

 

513

 

425

 

 

 

389

 

 


(1) Excludes non-cash stock options cancellation charges.

 

F-39



 

Selected Financial Data

As of June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

Variance
%

 

2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE 4 - BANK ASSETS COMPOSITION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

$

2,092,939

 

$

1,673,131

 

25.1

%

$

1,339,219

 

U.S. Government and agency obligations

 

53,813

 

3,481

 

1445.9

%

36,657

 

P.R. Government and agency obligations

 

50,208

 

52,706

 

-4.7

%

8,481

 

Other investment securities

 

11,681

 

9,765

 

19.6

%

9,288

 

Short-term investments

 

1,152

 

1,032

 

11.6

%

51,074

 

FHLB stock

 

22,537

 

17,320

 

30.1

%

15,272

 

Total investments

 

2,232,330

 

1,757,435

 

27.0

%

1,459,991

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans receivable

 

724,295

 

570,449

 

27.0

%

441,865

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(5,031

)

(3,039

)

65.5

%

(2,856

)

Loans receivable, net

 

719,264

 

567,410

 

26.8

%

439,009

 

Loans held for sale

 

9,198

 

9,360

 

-1.7

%

23,570

 

Total loans receivable, net

 

728,462

 

576,770

 

26.3

%

462,579

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities and loans sold but not yet delivered

 

1,894

 

71,750

 

-97.4

%

14,108

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total securities and loans

 

2,962,686

 

2,405,955

 

23.1

%

1,936,678

 

Other assets

 

76,782

 

78,355

 

-2.0

%

97,028

 

Total assets

 

$

3,039,468

 

$

2,484,310

 

22.3

%

$

2,033,706

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments portfolio composition percentages:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

93.8

%

95.2

%

 

 

91.7

%

U.S. and P.R. Government securities

 

4.7

%

3.2

%

 

 

3.1

%

FHLB stock, short-term investments and other debt securities

 

1.5

%

1.6

%

 

 

5.2

%

 

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

F-40



 

Selected Financial Data

Five-Year Period Ended June 30, 2003

(Dollars in thousands)

 

TABLE 5 - LOANS RECEIVABLE COMPOSITION:

 

Five-Year Period Ended June 30, 2003
(Dollars in thousands)

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

1999

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate-mortgage, mainly residential

 

$

670,072

 

$

516,232

 

$

416,062

 

$

384,024

 

$

331,663

 

Consumer

 

19,826

 

22,077

 

22,717

 

89,815

 

122,212

 

Commercial, mainly real estate

 

43,553

 

41,205

 

25,829

 

24,117

 

10,555

 

Financing leases (1)

 

42

 

295

 

827

 

106,154

 

110,297

 

Total loans receivable

 

733,493

 

579,809

 

465,435

 

604,110

 

574,727

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(5,031

)

(3,039

)

(2,856

)

(6,837

)

(9,002

)

Loans receivable, net

 

$

728,462

 

$

576,770

 

$

462,579

 

$

597,273

 

$

565,725

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans portfolio composition percentages:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate-mortgage, mainly residential

 

91

%

89

%

89

%

64

%

58

%

Consumer

 

3

%

4

%

5

%

15

%

21

%

Commercial, mainly real estate

 

6

%

7

%

6

%

4

%

2

%

Financing leases

 

0

%

0

%

0

%

17

%

19

%

Total loans receivable

 

100

%

100

%

100

%

100

%

100

%

 


(1) Discontinued in June 2000.

 

F-41



 

Selected Financial Data

As of June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001

(In thousands)

 

 

 

June 30,
2003

 

June 30,
2002

 

Variance
%

 

June 30,
2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE 6 - LIABILITIES SUMMARY AND COMPOSITION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing deposits

 

$

63,919

 

$

67,142

 

-4.8

%

$

46,743

 

Now accounts

 

68,389

 

43,738

 

56.4

%

26,107

 

Savings accounts

 

92,206

 

79,269

 

16.3

%

78,703

 

Time deposits and IRA accounts

 

817,895

 

777,083

 

5.3

%

661,701

 

 

 

1,042,409

 

967,232

 

7.8

%

813,254

 

Accrued interest

 

1,856

 

1,618

 

14.7

%

2,284

 

 

 

1,044,265

 

968,850

 

7.8

%

815,538

 

Borrowings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase agreements

 

1,400,598

 

996,869

 

40.5

%

915,471

 

FHLB funds

 

130,000

 

208,200

 

-37.6

%

105,000

 

Subordinated capital notes

 

35,000

 

35,000

 

0.0

%

 

Term notes

 

15,000

 

15,000

 

0.0

%

60,000

 

 

 

1,580,598

 

1,255,069

 

25.9

%

1,080,471

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities purchased but not yet received

 

152,219

 

56,195

 

170.9

%

 

Total deposits, borrowings and securities purchased but not yet delivered

 

2,777,082

 

2,280,114

 

21.8

%

1,896,009

 

Other liabilities

 

60,706

 

37,767

 

60.7

%

24,207

 

Total liabilities

 

$

2,837,788

 

$

2,317,881

 

22.4

%

$

1,920,216

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits portfolio composition percentages:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing deposits

 

6.1

%

6.9

%

 

 

5.7

%

Now accounts

 

6.6

%

4.5

%

 

 

3.2

%

Savings Deposits

 

8.8

%

8.2

%

 

 

9.7

%

Time deposits and IRA accounts

 

78.5

%

80.4

%

 

 

81.4

%

 

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

Borrowings portfolio composition percentages:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase agreements

 

88.6

%

79.4

%

 

 

84.7

%

FHLB funds

 

8.2

%

16.6

%

 

 

9.7

%

Subordinated capital notes

 

2.2

%

2.8

%

 

 

0.0

%

Term notes

 

1.0

%

1.2

%

 

 

5.6

%

 

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

Short term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount outstanding at year-end

 

$

1,400,598

 

$

996,869

 

 

 

$

915,471

 

Daily average outstanding balance

 

$

1,158,243

 

$

998,069

 

 

 

$

790,498

 

Maximum outstanding balance at any month-end

 

$

1,400,598

 

$

1,148,846

 

 

 

$

955,745

 

Weighted average interest rate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year

 

2.92

%

3.98

%

 

 

6.08

%

At year end

 

1.12

%

1.84

%

 

 

4.12

%

 

F-42



 

Selected Financial Data

As of June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001

(In thousands, except shares information)

 

 

 

June 30,
2003

 

June 30,
2002

 

Variance
%

 

June 30,
2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE 7 - CAPITAL, DIVIDENDS AND STOCK DATA:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

$

201,680

 

$

166,429

 

21.2

%

$

113,490

 

Leverage Capital (minimum required - 4.00%)

 

8.19

%

7.80

%

5.0

%

6.68

%

Total Risk-Based Capital (minimum required - 8.00%)

 

25.00

%

22.10

%

13.1

%

19.96

%

Tier 1 Risk-Based capital (minimum required - 4.00%)

 

24.48

%

21.76

%

12.5

%

19.53

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding common shares, net of treasury (1)

 

17,659

 

17,208

 

2.6

%

17,196

 

Book value (1)

 

$

9.52

 

$

7.72

 

23.3

%

$

4.65

 

Market Price at end of year (1)

 

$

25.69

 

$

20.29

 

26.6

%

$

13.82

 

Market capitalization

 

$

453,660

 

$

349,116

 

29.9

%

$

237,580

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common dividend data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared

 

$

9,415

 

$

7,840

 

20.1

%

$

7,533

 

Cash dividends declared per share (1)

 

$

0.54

 

$

0.46

 

17.9

%

$

0.44

 

Payout ratio

 

19.24

%

21.74

%

-11.5

%

123.86

%

Dividend yield as of June 30

 

2.10

%

2.27

%

-7.4

%

3.18

%

 


(1)         Data adjusted to give retroactive effect to the stock split and stock dividends declared on the Group’s common stock.

 

The following provides the high and low prices and cash dividend per share of the Group’s stock for each quarter of the last three fiscal years.  Common stock prices and dividend were adjusted to give retroactive effect to the stock split and stock dividends declared on the Group’s common stock.

 

 

 

Price

 

Cash
Dividend
Per share

 

High

 

Low

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2003:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2003

 

$

26.34

 

$

21.66

 

$

0.1400

 

March 31, 2003

 

$

21.73

 

$

20.06

 

$

0.1400

 

December 31, 2002

 

$

20.61

 

$

15.88

 

$

0.1400

 

September 30, 2002

 

$

20.19

 

$

16.60

 

$

0.1200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2002:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2002

 

$

20.29

 

$

16.04

 

$

0.1200

 

March 31, 2002

 

$

17.40

 

$

13.33

 

$

0.1200

 

December 31, 2001

 

$

15.13

 

$

13.02

 

$

0.1091

 

September 30, 2001

 

$

15.89

 

$

12.22

 

$

0.1091

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2001:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2001

 

$

13.82

 

$

9.38

 

$

0.1091

 

March 31, 2001

 

$

10.77

 

$

9.27

 

$

0.1091

 

December 31, 2000

 

$

10.96

 

$

8.00

 

$

0.1091

 

September 30, 2000

 

$

11.27

 

$

8.55

 

$

0.1091

 

 

F-43



 

Selected Financial Data

Five-Year Period Ended June 30, 2003

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

1999

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE 8 - ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES SUMMARY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

3,039

 

$

2,856

 

$

6,837

 

$

9,002

 

$

5,658

 

Provision for loan losses

 

4,190

 

2,117

 

2,903

 

8,150

 

14,473

 

Net credit losses — see Table 10

 

(2,198

)

(1,934

)

(6,884

)

(10,315

)

(11,129

)

End balance

 

$

5,031

 

$

3,039

 

$

2,856

 

$

6,837

 

$

9,002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE 9 - ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES BREAKDOWN:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

$

2,263

 

$

1,494

 

$

1,318

 

$

1,354

 

$

4,186

 

Commercial

 

878

 

285

 

419

 

376

 

461

 

Financing leases

 

15

 

74

 

303

 

4,519

 

4,282

 

Non-real estate

 

3,156

 

1,853

 

2,040

 

6,249

 

8,929

 

Real estate - mortgage

 

1,875

 

1,186

 

816

 

588

 

73

 

 

 

$

5,031

 

$

3,039

 

$

2,856

 

$

6,837

 

$

9,002

 

 


(1) Includes loans held for sale.

 

Allowance composition percentage:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

45.0

%

49.2

%

46.1

%

19.8

%

46.5

%

Commercial

 

17.5

%

9.4

%

14.7

%

5.5

%

5.1

%

Financing leases

 

0.2

%

2.4

%

10.6

%

66.1

%

47.6

%

Non-real estate

 

62.7

%

61.0

%

71.4

%

91.4

%

99.2

%

Real estate - mortgage

 

37.3

%

39.0

%

28.6

%

8.6

%

0.8

%

 

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance coverage ratio at end of year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Applicable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate - mortgage

 

0.28

%

0.23

%

0.20

%

0.15

%

0.02

%

Consumer

 

11.4

%

6.8

%

5.8

%

1.5

%

3.4

%

Commercial

 

2.0

%

0.7

%

1.6

%

1.6

%

4.4

%

Financing leases

 

35.7

%

25.1

%

36.6

%

4.3

%

3.9

%

Total loans

 

0.69

%

0.52

%

0.61

%

1.13

%

1.57

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other selected data and ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recoveries to charge-off’s

 

29.0

%

31.9

%

23.8

%

23.1

%

17.6

%

Allowance coverage ratio to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-performing loans

 

17.4

%

15.1

%

16.9

%

40.5

%

46.1

%

Non-real estate non-performing loans

 

217.3

%

256.2

%

103.4

%

82.1

%

92.2

%

 

F-44



 

Selected Financial Data

Five-Year Period Ended June 30, 2003

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

1999

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE 10 - NET CREDIT LOSSES STATISTICS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs

 

$

(5

)

$

(30

)

$

(77

)

$

(28

)

$

(2

)

Recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

(5

)

(30

)

(77

)

(28

)

14

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs

 

(1,760

)

(1,531

)

(2,653

)

(7,803

)

(6,020

)

Recoveries

 

334

 

438

 

1,182

 

1,606

 

932

 

 

 

(1,426

)

(1,093

)

(1,471

)

(6,197

)

(5,088

)

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs

 

(24

)

 

(222

)

(45

)

(11

)

Recoveries

 

63

 

42

 

58

 

102

 

16

 

 

 

39

 

42

 

(164

)

57

 

5

 

Overdraft, mainly consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs

 

(1,168

)

(858

)

(636

)

(608

)

(408

)

Recoveries

 

272

 

128

 

170

 

131

 

314

 

 

 

(896

)

(730

)

(466

)

(477

)

(94

)

Leasing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs

 

(138

)

(420

)

(5,442

)

(4,938

)

(7,059

)

Recoveries

 

228

 

297

 

736

 

1,268

 

1,093

 

 

 

90

 

(123

)

(4,706

)

(3,670

)

(5,966

)

Net credit losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

 

(3,095

)

(2,839

)

(9,030

)

(13,422

)

(13,500

)

Total recoveries

 

897

 

905

 

2,146

 

3,107

 

2,371

 

 

 

$

(2,198

)

$

(1,934

)

$

(6,884

)

$

(10,315

)

$

(11,129

)

Net credit losses (recoveries) to average loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

0.00

%

0.01

%

0.02

%

0.01

%

0.00

%

Consumer

 

7.35

%

5.07

%

7.54

%

4.95

%

4.05

%

Commercial

 

-0.10

%

-0.13

%

0.72

%

-0.27

%

-0.04

%

Leasing

 

-50.85

%

22.20

%

95.90

%

3.86

%

4.83

%

Total

 

0.33

%

0.35

%

1.55

%

1.79

%

1.94

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average loans (2):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate

 

$

608,189

 

$

495,631

 

$

401,916

 

$

335,353

 

$

309,909

 

Consumer

 

19,404

 

21,549

 

19,517

 

125,199

 

125,482

 

Commercial

 

40,477

 

31,345

 

22,926

 

21,066

 

13,978

 

Leasing

 

177

 

554

 

4,907

 

95,012

 

123,519

 

Total

 

$

668,070

 

$

549,079

 

$

444,359

 

$

576,630

 

$

572,888

 

 

F-45



 

Selected Financial Data

Five-Year Period Ended June 30, 2003

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

1999

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE 11 - NON-PERFORMING ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-performing assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-performing loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accruing loans

 

$

10,350

 

$

10,196

 

$

6,537

 

$

8,844

 

$

8,892

 

Accruing loans over 90 days past due

 

18,532

 

9,920

 

10,366

 

8,031

 

10,650

 

Total non-performing loans (see Table 12 below)

 

28,882

 

20,116

 

16,903

 

16,875

 

19,542

 

Foreclosed real estate

 

536

 

476

 

847

 

398

 

383

 

Repossessed autos

 

 

 

107

 

552

 

438

 

Repossessed equipment

 

 

 

 

2

 

46

 

Total non-performing assets

 

$

29,418

 

$

20,592

 

$

17,857

 

$

17,827

 

$

20,409

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest which could have recorded in the period if the loans had not been classified as non-accruing loans

 

$

648

 

$

724

 

$

664

 

$

851

 

$

810

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-performing assets to total assets

 

0.97

%

0.83

%

0.88

%

0.96

%

1.29

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-performing loans to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

3.94

%

3.47

%

3.63

%

2.79

%

3.40

%

Total assets

 

0.95

%

0.81

%

0.83

%

0.91

%

1.24

%

Total capital

 

14.32

%

12.09

%

14.89

%

14.32

%

16.80

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE 12 - NON-PERFORMING LOANS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-performing loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

$

484

 

$

416

 

$

588

 

$

1,544

 

$

942

 

Financing leases

 

19

 

147

 

640

 

5,878

 

7,652

 

Commercial

 

1,798

 

585

 

1,535

 

901

 

1,166

 

Other

 

14

 

38

 

 

 

 

Non-real estate

 

2,315

 

1,186

 

2,763

 

8,323

 

9,760

 

Real estate, mainly residential

 

26,567

 

18,930

 

14,140

 

8,552

 

9,782

 

Total

 

$

28,882

 

$

20,116

 

$

16,903

 

$

16,875

 

$

19,542

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-performing loans composition percentages:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

1.7

%

2.1

%

3.4

%

9.2

%

4.8

%

Financing leases

 

0.1

%

0.7

%

3.8

%

34.8

%

39.2

%

Commercial

 

6.2

%

2.9

%

9.1

%

5.3

%

6.0

%

Other

 

0.0

%

0.2

%

0.0

%

0.0

%

0.0

%

Non-real estate

 

8.0

%

5.9

%

16.3

%

49.3

%

50.0

%

Real estate, mainly residential

 

92.0

%

94.1

%

83.7

%

50.7

%

50.0

%

Total

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

F-46



 

Selected Financial Data

Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001:

(dollars in thousands)

 

TABLE 13 - - SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA:

 

 

 

September 30,

 

December 31,

 

March 31,

 

June 30,

 

YTD

 

FISCAL 2003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

37,714

 

$

37,851

 

$

39,121

 

$

37,060

 

$

151,746

 

Interest expense

 

19,548

 

19,414

 

19,420

 

18,894

 

77,276

 

Net interest income

 

18,166

 

18,437

 

19,701

 

18,166

 

74,470

 

Provision for loan losses

 

840

 

1,100

 

850

 

1,400

 

4,190

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

17,326

 

17,337

 

18,851

 

16,766

 

70,280

 

Non-interest income

 

7,567

 

8,592

 

8,622

 

14,199

 

38,980

 

Non-interest expenses

 

(12,836

)

(12,471

)

(13,770

)

(14,579

)

(53,656

)

Income before taxes

 

12,057

 

13,458

 

13,703

 

16,386

 

55,604

 

Income tax expense

 

(483

)

(943

)

(697

)

(2,161

)

(4,284

)

Net income

 

11,574

 

12,515

 

13,006

 

14,225

 

51,320

 

Less: Dividends on preferred stock

 

(597

)

(597

)

(597

)

(596

)

(2,387

)

Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

10,977

 

$

11,918

 

$

12,409

 

$

13,629

 

$

48,933

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per share data (1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.64

 

$

0.69

 

$

0.71

 

$

0.78

 

$

2.81

 

Diluted

 

$

0.60

 

$

0.65

 

$

0.67

 

$

0.73

 

$

2.65

 

Average shares and shares equivalents

 

18,337

 

18,430

 

18,505

 

18,631

 

18,487

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Financial Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets (ROA)

 

1.84

%

1.87

%

1.83

%

1.99

%

1.88

%

Return on average equity (ROE)

 

31.10

%

31.25

%

30.45

%

32.06

%

31.33

%

Efficiency ratio

 

52.47

%

48.76

%

51.54

%

55.22

%

51.35

%

Expense ratio

 

1.14

%

0.82

%

1.03

%

0.99

%

0.99

%

Interest rate spread

 

3.08

%

2.97

%

2.93

%

2.65

%

2.91

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FISCAL 2002:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

32,945

 

$

34,829

 

$

36,789

 

$

37,132

 

$

141,695

 

Interest expense

 

21,940

 

20,586

 

19,824

 

20,345

 

82,695

 

Net interest income

 

11,005

 

14,243

 

16,965

 

16,787

 

59,000

 

Provision for loan losses

 

642

 

525

 

525

 

425

 

2,117

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

10,363

 

13,718

 

16,440

 

16,362

 

56,883

 

Non-interest income

 

6,764

 

8,177

 

7,394

 

8,915

 

31,250

 

Non-interest expenses

 

10,479

 

10,990

 

12,936

 

14,557

 

48,962

 

Income (loss) before taxes

 

6,648

 

10,905

 

10,898

 

10,720

 

39,171

 

Income tax expense

 

(39

)

(532

)

(471

)

322

 

(720

)

Net income

 

6,609

 

10,373

 

10,427

 

11,042

 

38,451

 

Less: Dividends on preferred stock

 

(597

)

(597

)

(596

)

(597

)

(2,387

)

Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

6,012

 

$

9,776

 

$

9,831

 

$

10,445

 

$

36,064

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per share data (1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.35

 

$

0.57

 

$

0.57

 

$

0.60

 

$

2.10

 

Diluted

 

$

0.34

 

$

0.55

 

$

0.55

 

$

0.57

 

$

2.00

 

Average shares and shares equivalents

 

17,925

 

17,881

 

17,893

 

18,652

 

18,003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Financial Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets (ROA)

 

1.26

%

1.85

%

1.71

%

1.77

%

1.67

%

Return on average equity (ROE)

 

26.21

%

38.77

%

36.06

%

35.08

%

32.47

%

Efficiency ratio

 

59.29

%

52.44

%

54.88

%

57.44

%

57.22

%

Expense ratio

 

1.03

%

0.85

%

1.26

%

1.16

%

1.04

%

Interest rate spread

 

2.31

%

2.73

%

3.08

%

2.97

%

2.59

%

 


(1) Per share information were adjusted to give retroactive effect to the stock dividends declared on the Group’s common stock.

 

F-47



 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2003

 

OVERVIEW OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

 

 

Comparison of year ended June 30, 2003 and year ended June 30, 2002:

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, net income was $51.3 million ($2.65 per diluted share), an increase of 33.5% compared with $38.5 million ($2.00 diluted per share) reported in fiscal year 2002. Net income for the quarter ended June 30, 2003, was $14.2 million ($0.73 diluted per share), an increase of 28.8% compared with net income of $11.0 million ($0.57 diluted per share) reported in the quarter ended June 30, 2002.

 

Oriental maintains an outstanding return on equity (net income to average common equity) and a superior return on assets (net income to average assets) when compared to its peer group. Return on common equity (ROE) and return on assets (ROA) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 were 31.33% and 1.88%, respectively, which represent a decrease of 3.5% in ROE, from 32.47% in fiscal year 2002, and an increase of 12.6% in ROA, from 1.67% in fiscal year 2002.

 

Favorable interest rate levels during fiscal year 2003 combined with management’s emphasis on secured lending and non-interest income (mostly fees) from operations drove the improvements in the Group’s performance. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, net interest income was $74.5 million, an increase of 26.2% from the $59.0 million recorded for fiscal year 2002 (see Table 1). For the quarter ended June 30, 2003, net interest income increased 8.2% to $18.2 million, compared with $16.8 million recorded in the quarter ended June 30, 2002.

 

The provision for loan losses for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 increased 97.9% to $4.2 million from $2.1 million for fiscal year 2002. The provision for loan losses increased from $425,000 in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002 to $1.4 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2003. This reflects the required reserve increase as the Group’s loan portfolio keeps its growing pace and for the increases in non-performing loans and net credit losses.

 

Non-interest income (mostly fee income, see Table 2) also increased for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, growing by 24.7% to $40.0 million from $31.3 million a year earlier. The Group’s business expansion strategy and the strong market acceptance of its fee-based financial planning business lines have been key factors for such increase.  Securities net activity income grew by 226.1%. This increase reflects market opportunities that arose and that are consistent with the Group’s investment strategies.

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, mortgage-banking activity revenue was $8.0 million reflecting a decrease of 8.3% when compared with $8.7 million for the previous fiscal year. This decrease is due to management’s strategy of maintaining a larger portion of its production in portfolio instead of selling it on the secondary market, consequently deferring the recognition of the amount of fees derived from the sale of loans. As a result of this strategy, the net loans receivable grew by 26.3% from $576.8 million as of June 30, 2002, to $728.5 million as of June 30, 2003 (see Table 4).

 

Non-interest expenses for fiscal year 2003 increased 9.6% to $53.7 million, compared to $49.0 million in the previous fiscal year, see Table 3. This increase reflects the Group’s growth and increases in spending related to the expansion and improvement of its sales force, growth in the retail banking platform and continuing investment in back-office personnel, technology and infrastructure supporting risk management processes as well as recent and future growth.

 

Total Group financial assets (including assets managed by the trust department, the retirement plan administration subsidiary, and broker-dealer subsidiary) increased 13.8% to $5.7 billion as of June 30, 2003, compared to $5.0 billion as of June 30, 2002. Assets managed by the Group’s trust department, the retirement plan administration subsidiary, and broker-dealer subsidiary increased 5.32%, year-to-year, to $2.6 billion from $2.5 billion in fiscal year 2002. This increase is mainly due to the addition of $315 million in assets managed by the recently acquired subsidiary Caribbean Pension Consultants, Inc., a retirement plan administrator located in Boca Raton, Florida. Likewise, the Group’s bank assets reached $3.039 billion as of June 30, 2003, an increase of 22.3%, compared to $2.484 billion as of June 30, 2002. Major contributors to this increase were the investment securities portfolio, which increased by 27.0%, or $474.9 million, along with the loan portfolio, which increased by $151.7 million or 26.3%.

 

On the liability side, total deposits increased by 7.8% from $968.9 million at June 30, 2002, to $1.044 billion at June 30, 2003, as a result of the Group’s aggressive expansion of its banking business within its overall strategy of positioning itself as a financial planning service provider. Total borrowings increased 25.9% from $1.255 billion at June 30, 2002, to $1.581

 

F-48



 

billion at June 30, 2003. The increase in borrowed funds was used primarily to fund the Group’ investment and loan portfolio growth.

 

The Group continued its repurchasing program of common stock, reacquiring 97,000 shares during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 at an approximate cost of $2.2 million. Stockholders’ equity as of June 30, 2003 was $201.7 million, increasing 21.2% from $166.4 million as of June 30, 2002. This increase mainly reflects the substantial improvement in net income, net of dividends declared and the net gain in the mark-to-market valuation of investments available-for-sale, which was partially offset by the net loss in the mark-to-market valuation of cash flow hedge derivative instruments.

 

On October 28, 2002, the Group declared a twenty-five percent (25%) stock split effected in the form of a dividend on outstanding common shares.  Such stock split was effected on January 15, 2003.

 

Comparison of year ended June 30, 2002 and year ended June 30, 2001:

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002, net income increased to $38.5 million ($2.00 diluted per share), a 354.0%, when compared with the $8.5 million ($0.35 diluted per share) reported in fiscal year 2001. A reduction in the cost of funds combined with management’s emphasis on secured lending and non-interest income (mostly fees) from operations drove the improvements in the Group’s performance. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002, net interest income was $59.0 million, an increase of 103.0% from the $29.1 million recorded for fiscal year 2001 (see Table 1).

 

Non-interest income (mostly fee income, see Table 2) also demonstrated an increase for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002, growing by 53.3% to $31.3 million from $20.4 million a year earlier. Trust, money management, brokerage and investment banking fees grew by 15.3%. This growth reflects the strong market acceptance of our fee-based financial planning business lines. Also, due to favorable market conditions in fiscal 2002, the Group benefited from a net gain of $3.5 million from securities, derivatives and trading activities, as compared to a net loss of $5.6 million in fiscal 2001.

 

Non-interest expenses for fiscal year 2002 increased 24.8% to $49.0 million, compared to $39.2 million in the previous fiscal year (see Table 3). This increase is attributable to the Group’s strategy to continue to invest in new marketing, technology and human resources that are expected to assure the Group’s long-term growth in financial planning and investment services, mortgage originations, insurance services, consumer and commercial banking and investment banking.

 

Total group financial assets (including assets managed by the trust department and broker-dealer subsidiary) increased 11.3% to $5.0 billion as of June 30, 2002, compared to $4.5 billion as of June 30, 2001. Assets managed by the Group’s trust department and broker-dealer subsidiary increased 2.2%, year-to-year, to $2.5 billion from $2.4 billion. The small increase is mainly due to the decline of broader markets (stocks, mutual funds) experienced during fiscal year 2002. On the other hand, the Group’s bank assets reached $2.484 billion as of June 30, 2002, an increase of 22.1%, compared to $2.034 billion as of June 30, 2001.

 

On the liability side, total deposits substantially increased by 18.8% from $815.5 million at June 30, 2001, to $968.9 million at June 30, 2002, as a result of the Group’s aggressive expansion of its banking business within its overall strategy of positioning itself as a financial planning service provider.

 

The Group continued its repurchasing program of common stock, reacquiring 155,492 shares during the year ended June 30, 2002 for an approximate cost of $3.0 million. Stockholders’ equity as of June 30, 2002 was $166.4 million, increasing 46.7% from $113.5 million as of June 30, 2001. This increase mainly reflects the substantial improvement in net income, net of dividends declared and the net gain in the mark-to-market valuation of investments available-for-sale, which was partially offset by the net loss in the mark-to-market valuation of cash flow hedge derivative instruments.

 

On January 29, 2002, the Group’s Board of Directors declared a 10% stock dividend on outstanding common shares.  Such dividend was effected on April 15, 2002.

 

Net Interest Income

 

Net interest income is affected by the difference between rates earned on the Group’s interest-earning assets and rates paid on its interest-bearing liabilities (interest rate spread) and the relative amounts of its interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities (interest rate margin). As further discussed in the Risk Management section of this report, the Group constantly monitors the composition and repricing of its assets and liabilities to maintain its net interest income at adequate levels. Table 1 shows the major categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, their respective interest income, expenses, yields and costs, and their impact on net interest income due to changes in volume and rates.

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, net interest income amounted to $74.5 million, up 26.2% from $59.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002. This increase was due to a positive volume variance of $7.7 million and a positive rate variance of $7.8 million that also, in part, resulted from the impact of an additional Federal Reserve

 

F-49



 

Board’s interest rate reduction, which resulted in a lower average cost of funds (3.18% for the fiscal year ended on June 30, 2003 versus 3.95% in the same period of fiscal 2002). The Group continues its hedge strategy to lock its interest spread by increasing the volume of interest rate swaps; see “Interest Rate Risk and Assets/Liability Management”.

 

The interest rate spread for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, rose 32 basis points to 2.91% compared with 2.59% for fiscal 2002. As previously mentioned, this increase was mainly due to a decrease in the average cost of funds. Table 1 shows the major categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, their respective interest income, expenses, yields and costs, and their impact on net interest income due to changes in volume and rates.

 

The Group’s interest income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 increased 7.1% from $141.7 million reported in fiscal 2002, to $151.7 million. The increase in interest income resulted from a larger volume of average interest-earning assets ($2.493 billion in fiscal 2003 versus $2.167 billion in fiscal 2002) partially offset by a decline in their yield performance (6.09% in fiscal year 2003 versus 6.54% in fiscal year 2002).

 

Increase in interest-earning assets was concentrated on the investment portfolio and real estate loans, comprised mostly of residential mortgage loans. The average volume of total investments for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003 grew 12.8% ($1.825 billion in fiscal 2003 versus $1.617 billion in fiscal 2002) when compared to the same period a year earlier. This increase was concentrated in mortgage-backed securities, which increased 25.1% from $1.673 billion as of June 30, 2002, to $2.093 billion as of June 30, 2003. Likewise, the average volume of real estate loans grew by 22.7% for fiscal 2003 (from $495.6 million in fiscal 2002, to $608.2 million in fiscal 2003), along with an increase in the average volume of commercial loans that grew by 29.1% in fiscal 2003, when compared with the same period in fiscal 2002 ($40.5 million in fiscal 2003 versus $31.3 million in fiscal 2002.) Most of the commercial loans are secured by real estate.

 

The average yield on interest-earning assets was 6.09%, 45 basis points lower than the 6.54% in fiscal 2002. The yield dilution experienced in fiscal 2003 was caused by the expansion of the Group’s mortgage-backed securities investment portfolio, which carries a lower yield than the loan portfolio but provides less risk and generates a significant amount of tax-exempt income (see “Tax Equivalent Spread” on Table 1).

 

Interest expense continues to step down for fiscal year 2003 decreasing by 6.6% (to $77.3 million in fiscal 2003, from $82.7 million in fiscal 2002). A lower average cost of funds (3.18% for fiscal 2003 versus 3.95% for fiscal 2002), drove this decrease. Larger volumes of borrowings and deposits, which were necessary to fund the growth of the Group’s investment portfolio, caused an increase in average interest-bearing liabilities. See Table 1 for the impact on interest expense due to changes in volume and rates.

 

The cost of short-term financing decreased substantially during fiscal 2001 and 2002 and continued to fall over the course of fiscal 2003. The average cost of borrowings for fiscal year 2003 decreased 94 basis points (from 4.03% in fiscal 2002, to 3.09% in fiscal 2003). The largest average reduction was in repurchase agreements, which decreased 106 basis points from 3.98% in fiscal 2002, to 2.92% in fiscal 2003, including hedging costs and fund management fees.

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002, net interest income amounted to $59.0 million, up 103.0% from $29.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2001.This increase was primarily due to a positive rate variance of  $25.0 million that also, in part, resulted from the impact of the Federal Reserve Board’s interest rate drop, which resulted in a lower average cost of funds (3.95% for the fiscal year ended on June 30, 2002 versus 5.65% in the same period of fiscal 2001). At the same time the Group continues its hedge strategy to lock its interest spread by increasing the volume of interest rate swaps; see “Interest Rate Risk and Assets/Liability Management”.

 

The interest rate spread for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002, increased 107 basis points to 2.59% compared with 1.52% for fiscal 2001. This increase was mainly due to a decrease in the average cost of funds.

 

Interest income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002 increased 17.7% from $120.3 million reported in fiscal 2001 to $141.7 million in fiscal 2002. This increase in interest income resulted from a larger volume of average interest-earning assets ($2.167 billion in fiscal 2002 versus $1.678 billion in fiscal 2001) partially offset by a decline in their yield performance (6.54% in fiscal year 2002 versus 7.17% in fiscal year 2001).

 

Most of the increase in interest-earning assets was concentrated on the investment portfolio and on the real estate and commercial loans portfolio. The average volume of total investments for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002 grew 31.7% ($1.617 billion in fiscal 2002 versus $1.229 billion in fiscal 2001) when compared to the same period a year earlier. This increase was concentrated in mortgage-backed securities as the Group continued converting residential real estate loans sold in the secondary market. On the other hand, the average volume of real estate loans grew by 23.3% for fiscal 2002 (from $401.9 million in fiscal 2001, to $495.6 million in fiscal 2002), while the average volume of commercial loans grew by 36.7% in fiscal 2002, compared with the same period in fiscal 2001 ($31.3 million in fiscal 2002 versus $22.9 million in fiscal 2001.)

 

F-50



 

Average yield on interest-earning assets for fiscal year 2002 was 6.54%, 63 basis points lower than the 7.17% in fiscal 2001. The yield reduction in fiscal 2002 was in part caused by the expansion of the Group’s investment portfolio, which carries a lower yield than the loan portfolio but provides less risk and generates a significant amount of tax-exempt interest (see “Tax Equivalent Spread” on Table 1).

 

Interest expense for fiscal 2002 decreased by 9.4% to $82.7 million in fiscal 2002, from $91.3 million in fiscal 2001. A lower average cost of funds (3.95% for fiscal 2002 versus 5.65% for fiscal 2001), drove the decreases. Larger volumes of borrowings and deposits, which were necessary to fund the growth of the Group’s investment portfolio, caused an increase in average interest-bearing liabilities. See Table 1 for the impact on interest expense due to changes in volume and rates.

 

The cost of short-term financing decreased substantially during fiscal 2001 and also over the course of fiscal 2002. The average cost of borrowings for fiscal year 2002 decreased 203 basis points, (from 6.06% in fiscal 2001, to 4.03% in fiscal 2002). The largest average reduction was in repurchase agreements, which decreased 210 basis points from 6.08% in fiscal 2001, to 3.98% in fiscal 2002, including hedging costs and fund management fees.

 

Non-Interest Income

 

As a diversified financial services provider, the Group’s earnings depend not only on the net interest income generated from its banking activities, but also from fees and other non-interest income generated from the wide array of financial services that it offers.  Non-interest income, the second largest source of earnings, is affected by the level of trust assets under management, transactions generated by the gathering of financial assets and investment activities by the broker-dealer subsidiary, the level of mortgage banking activities, and fees generated from loans, deposit accounts and insurance products.

 

As shown in Table 2, non-interest income for fiscal 2003 increased 24.7%, from $31.3 million to $39.0 million, when compared to fiscal 2002.

 

Trust, money management, brokerage, insurance and investment banking fees, one of the main components of non-interest income, increased 4.5% to $14.5 million in fiscal 2003, from $13.8 million in fiscal 2002.

 

Another important component of non-interest income is mortgage-banking activities. Such income decreased 8.3% in fiscal year 2003  (from $8.7 million in fiscal 2002, to $8.0 million in fiscal 2003), in spite of an increase of 17.0% in mortgage loan production (from $305.4 million in fiscal 2002, to $357.0 million in fiscal 2003). This is due to management’s strategy of maintaining a larger portion of its production in portfolio instead of selling it on the secondary market, consequently deferring the recognition of the amount of fees derived from the sale of loans.

 

Bank service revenues, which consist primarily of fees generated by deposit accounts, electronic banking and customer services, continue experiencing a sustainable increase of 29.4% (to $6.0 million in fiscal 2003, from $4.6 million in fiscal 2002), mainly due to a 49.8% increase in fees on deposit accounts, from $2.7 million for fiscal 2002, to $4.1 million in fiscal 2003. This increase in bank service revenues was mainly driven by new deposits gathered by the Bank, led by the “Amiga” demand deposit account introduced during fiscal year 2002.

 

Securities, derivatives and trading activities showed a net increase of 205.4% in fiscal 2003 (to a net gain of $10.7 million in fiscal 2003 from a net gain of $3.5 in fiscal 2002), mainly driven by an increase in securities and trading net activities revenues during fiscal 2003 (from $5.5 million net gains in fiscal 2002, to $14.8 million net gains in fiscal 2003).

 

Securities net activities showed a 226.1% increase from a net gain of $4.4 million in fiscal 2002, to a net gain of $14.2 million in fiscal 2003, while trading net activities revenues showed a decrease of 50.3%, to a net gain of $571,000 in fiscal 2003, compared to a net gain of $1.1 million for fiscal 2002. This decrease in trading net activities revenues is mainly due to a substantial decrease in the average volume of trading portfolio from $41.2 million in fiscal 2002 to an average of $10.3 million in fiscal 2003.

 

Derivative activities resulted in unrealized losses of $4.1 million for fiscal 2003; while for fiscal 2002 the unrealized loss amounted to $2.0 million, an increase of 103.4%. These fluctuations are related to the mark-to-market of derivative instruments.

 

Non-interest income for fiscal 2002 increased 53.3% (from $20.4 million to $31.3 million), compared to fiscal 2001.  Trust, money management, brokerage, insurance and investment banking fees, one of the main components of non-interest income, increased 15.3%, to $13.8 million in fiscal 2002, from $12.0 million in fiscal 2001.

 

The second largest component of non-interest income is mortgage-banking activities. Such income decreased 0.5% in fiscal year 2002 (from $8.8 million in fiscal 2001, to $8.7 million in fiscal 2002), in spite of an extraordinary increase of 68.4% in the mortgage loans production (from $181.4 million in fiscal 2001, to $305.4 million in fiscal 2002). This decrease reflects a

 

F-51



 

lower volume of loans sold due to management’s strategy of keeping a larger portion of its production in portfolio instead of selling it on the secondary market, consequently deferring the recognition of the amount of fees derived from the sale of loans.

 

Bank service revenues experienced a strong 10.4% increase (to $4.6 million in fiscal 2002, from $4.2 million in fiscal 2001), mainly due to a 25.9% increase in fees on deposit accounts, to $2.7 million in fiscal 2002, from $2.2 million in fiscal 2001, driven mainly by new deposits gathered by the Bank, led by its new “Amiga” demand deposit account.

 

Securities, derivatives and trading activities showed a net increase of 163.0% for fiscal 2002 (from a net loss of $5.6 in fiscal 2001 to a net gain of $3.5 million in fiscal 2002), mainly driven by an increase in securities and trading net activities revenues during fiscal 2002 (from $1.7 million loss in fiscal 2001, to $5.5 million gain in fiscal 2002).

 

Securities net activities showed a 471.2% increase to a gain of $4.4 million in fiscal 2002, from a net loss of $1.2 million in fiscal 2001, while trading net activities revenues also showed an improvement of 337.4% or a gain of $1.1 million in fiscal 2002, compared to a loss of $484,000 for fiscal 2001.

 

Derivative activities resulted in unrealized losses of $2.0 million in fiscal 2002 while in fiscal 2001 the unrealized losses amounted to $3.9 million, a decrease of 49.0%.

 

Non-Interest Expenses

 

The Group’s proven expense discipline continues to drive its efficiency ratio to levels below its peer group and the banking industry (in fiscal year 2003 this ratio improved to 51.35% from 57.22% in fiscal 2002) through the consistent generation of revenue at a faster rate than expenses. The Group’s success in controlling operating expenses comes from efficient staffing, a constant focus on process improvement and the outsourcing of certain functions.

 

For fiscal year 2003 non-interest expenses increased 9.6%, from $49.0 million in fiscal year 2002, to $53.7 million in fiscal year 2003, reflecting the impact of the Group’s expansion strategy.

 

Employees’ compensation and benefits is the Group’s largest non-interest expense category. In fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, compensation and benefits expenses increased 19.7% to $20.6 million versus $17.2 million in fiscal 2002, reflecting an expansion of the Group’s work force (refer to Table 3 for more selected data regarding employees’ compensation and benefits) and maintaining variable compensation (commissions) at prior fiscal years’ levels despite a higher volume of business. During the first quarter of fiscal 2002, the Group recognized a non-cash expense of $800,000, with a corresponding offsetting charge against additional paid-in capital, related to the cancellation by the Board of Directors of approximately 271,500 of non-vested stock options granted to its directors, officers and employees during calendar years 1999 and 1998.

 

Occupancy and equipment expenses increased 16.4%, from $7.8 million in fiscal 2002 to $9.1 million in fiscal 2003, as a direct result of the addition of a new branch and the relocation of a second branch to improve our retail banking platform in response to bank products demand.

 

During fiscal year 2003 the Group continued its aggressive promotional campaign to enhance the market recognition of new and existing products in order to increase our fee-based revenues. As a result, in such fiscal year, advertising and business promotions increased 5.0% to $7.1 million versus $6.7 million in fiscal year 2002.

 

The rise in communications, insurance, printing, postage, stationery and supply expenses are mainly due to the general growth in the Group’s business activities, products and services offered.

 

The Group started a new positioning strategy during late fiscal 2001, which included the opening of two new financial centers, the remodeling of existing financial centers and office facilities, more aggressive advertising campaigns, investments in technology, professional fees for consulting engagements related to new services, the outsourcing of certain functions to provide new and better services to our customers and increased variable compensation expenses resulting from increased insurance and mortgage services. As a result, non-interest expenses increased, reflecting the impact of the Group’s expansion strategy, see Table 3. In addition, professional expenses doubled normal trends due to additional charges relating to an evaluation of the Group’s operations by external consultants. For the year ended June 30, 2002, the increase in non-interest expenses was 24.8% to $49.0 million, compared to $39.2 million for fiscal 2001.

 

Employees’ compensation and benefits for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002 increased 9.6% to $17.2 million versus $15.7 million for the same period of fiscal 2001, reflecting an expansion of the work force (refer to Table 3 for more selected data regarding employee compensation and benefits), and an increase in variable compensation (commissions) due to higher volume of business and related incentives.

 

F-52



 

Professional and service fees increased 146.5%, from $2.9 million in fiscal 2001 to $7.1 million in fiscal 2002, as a direct result of the evaluation of the Group’s operations by external consultants, as previously mentioned.

 

Advertising and business promotions reflect the Group’s emphasis on the development of an aggressive promotional campaign to enhance the market recognition of new and existing products in order to increase its fee-based revenues. In the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002, advertising and business promotions increased 56.3% to $6.7 million versus $4.3 million for 2001.

 

Provision for Loan Losses

 

The provision for loan losses increased to $4.2 million in fiscal 2003 from $2.1 million in fiscal 2002.  This increase in the provision for loan losses was mainly due to the growth of the total loan portfolio, the increase in non-performing loans and to the increase experienced in net credit losses to $2.2 million in fiscal 2003, from $1.9 million in fiscal 2002 (but lower than the $6.9 million in fiscal 2001 and the $10.3 million in fiscal 2000). The increase in credit losses is mainly due to $1.4 million of net credit losses in the consumer loan portfolio, a 30.5% increase, when compared to $1.1 million net credit losses in fiscal 2002. Non-performing loans increased 43.6%, from $20.1 million as of June 30, 2002, to $28.9 million as of June 30, 2003. Most of the increase in non-performing loans came from the real estate loan portfolio, which is composed mostly of residential mortgage loans. See Table 12 for the composition of non-performing loans.

 

During the second quarter of fiscal 2000, the Group re-defined its lending strategy towards lower credit risk loans collateralized by real estate, while de-emphasizing unsecured personal loans and financing leases. Such strategy responded to the level of credit losses being experienced on personal loans and financing leases that significantly reduced the net margin (after credit losses) generated by such portfolio.  Such strategy was further complemented with the sale of approximately $169.0 million of unsecured personal loans and financing leases on July 7, 2000, maintaining only a marginal amount of such loans and leases in its portfolio. After the sale, the Group discontinued its leasing operation.

 

The positive effect of the above mentioned strategy was reflected in a substantial reduction in consumer loans and financing leases net credit losses in fiscal 2002. Consumer net credit losses declined to $1.1 million in fiscal 2002 from $1.5 million in fiscal 2001 and $6.2 million in fiscal 2000. Additionally, financing leases net credit losses declined to $123,000 in fiscal 2002 from $4.7 million in fiscal 2001 and $3.7 million in fiscal 2000. Financing leases net credit losses after fiscal 2000, relate to a small portion of leases in severe delinquency that were retained by the Group after the sale of such portfolio. As previously mentioned, thereafter the Group discontinued originating financing leases and let the remaining portfolio run-off. The charge-off of such leases took place when all collection efforts were exhausted and the underlying collateral became worthless.

 

Please refer to the allowance for loan losses and non-performing assets section on Table 8 through Table 12 for a more detailed analysis of the allowances for loan losses, net credit losses and credit quality statistics. Also refer to section “Allowance for Loan Losses and Non-performing Assets”.

 

Provision (Credit) for Income Taxes

 

For fiscal 2003, the Group recorded a $4.3 million income tax provision versus $720,000 in fiscal 2002. The current income tax provision is lower than the provision based on the statutory tax rate applicable to the Group, which is 39%, due to interest income earned on certain investments exempt for Puerto Rico income tax purposes, net of the disallowance of related expenses attributable to the exempt income. Exempt interest relates mostly to interest earned on obligations of the United States and Puerto Rico governments and certain mortgage-backed securities, including securities held by the Group’s International Banking Entity. The main reason for the increase of fiscal year 2003 tax expense is the increase in income before income taxes of 42.0% when compared to fiscal 2002 results. In addition, in July 2003, the Group and the Puerto Rico Treasury Department settled an investigation of the Bank’s income tax returns for the years ended June 30, 1997, 1998 and 1999 for $1.8 million.

 

For fiscal 2002, the Group recorded a $720,000 income tax provision, versus $1.3 million income tax benefit (credit) for 2001. The tax benefit recognized in fiscal 2001 mainly resulted from non-operating activities, primarily losses on securities, trading and derivatives activities. Furthermore, the difference between the tax credit and the maximum statutory tax rate applicable to the Group, which is 39 percent, was also attributable to tax-advantaged interest income earned on certain investments and loans, net of the disallowance of related expenses attributable to the exempt income.

 

F-53



 

FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

Group’s Bank Assets

 

At June 30, 2003, the Group’s total assets amounted to $3.039 billion, an increase of 22.3% when compared to $2.484 billion at June 30, 2002. At the same date, interest-earning assets reached $2.963 billion, up 23.1% versus $2.406 billion at June 30, 2002.

 

As detailed in Table 4, investments comprise the Group’s largest component of interest-earning assets. It mainly consists of money market investments, mortgage-backed securities, U.S. Treasury notes, U.S. Government agencies bonds, and P.R. Government municipal bonds. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding the Group’s portfolio of investments.

 

As in prior fiscal years, a strong growth in mortgage-backed securities drove the investment portfolio’s expansion, which  increased 25.1% to $2.093 billion (93.8% of the total investment portfolio) from $1.673 billion (95.2% of the total investment portfolio) the year before, as the Group continued its asset liability management strategies of re-balancing its asset mix through sound and lesser-risk asset acquisitions.

 

At June 30, 2003, investments by the Group which exceed 10% of the consolidated stockholders’ equity are as follows:

 

Name of Issuer

 

Investment Category

 

Carrying Value

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential Funding Mortgage Securities I

 

Available-for-Sale

 

$

23,900

 

$

24,184

 

 

The carrying amount of trading and available-for-sale investment securities at June 30, 2003, by contractual maturity (excluding mortgage-backed securities) are shown below:

 

 

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Weighted
Average Yield

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

US Government and agency obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

Due after one year through five years

 

$

53,813

 

3.49

%

 

 

53,813

 

3.49

%

Puerto Rico Government and agency obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

Due after one year through five years

 

9,960

 

5.89

%

Due after five years through ten years

 

7,178

 

5.93

%

Due after ten years

 

33,070

 

5.97

%

 

 

50,208

 

5.95

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other:

 

 

 

 

 

Due after ten years

 

10,801

 

8.25

%

 

 

10,801

 

8.25

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

115,702

 

5.90

%

Mortgage-backed securities and equity securities

 

2,093,819

 

5.02

%

Total investment securities

 

$

2,208,641

 

5.46

%

 

At June 30, 2003, the Group’s loan portfolio, the second largest category of the Group’s interest-earning assets, amounted to $728.5 million, 26.3% higher than the $576.8 million at June 30, 2002. The Group’s loan portfolio is mainly comprised of residential loans, home equity loans, and commercial loans collateralized by real estate. As shown in Table 5, the real estate loan portfolio amounted to $670.1 million or 91% of the loan portfolio as of June 30, 2003, compared to $516.2 million or 89% of the loan portfolio at June 30, 2002, in line with the Group’s lending strategy of concentrating on collateralized loan originations, primarily, residential mortgage loans and personal equity loans with mortgage collateral, as mentioned before.

 

The second largest component of the Group’s loan portfolio is commercial loans, most of which are collateralized by real estate. At June 30, 2003, the commercial loan portfolio totaled $43.6 million (6.0% of the Group’s loan portfolio), a growth of 5.7% compared to $41.2 million at June 30, 2002. The consumer loan portfolio totaled $19.8 million (3.0% of total loan portfolio at June 30, 2003).

 

F-54



 

The following table summarizes the remaining contractual maturities of the Group’s total loans, excluding mortgage loans held for sale, divided to reflect cash flows as of June 30, 2003. Contractual maturities do not necessarily reflect the actual term of a loan, including prepayments.

 

 

 

 

 

Maturities

 

 

 

Balance
outstanding at
June 30, 2003

 

 

 

After one year to five
years

 

After five years

 

 

 

 

One Year
or Less

 

Fixed
Interest Rates

 

Variable
Interest Rates

 

Fixed
Interest Rates

 

Variable
Interest Rates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate-mortgage, mainly residential

 

$

660,874

 

$

80,541

 

$

279,398

 

$

 

$

300,935

 

$

 

Commercial, mainly real estate

 

43,553

 

14,440

 

 

 

26,000

 

 

 

3,113

 

Consumer

 

19,826

 

14,104

 

5,484

 

 

 

238

 

 

 

Financing leases

 

42

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

724,295

 

$

109,127

 

$

284,882

 

$

26,000

 

$

301,173

 

$

3,113

 

 

At June 30, 2002, the Group’s total assets amounted to $2.484 billion (an increase of 22.2% when compared to $2.034 billion at June 30, 2002). At the same date, interest-earning assets reached $2.406 billion, up 24.2% versus $1.937 billion a year earlier. An increase in mortgage-backed securities drove the investment portfolio expansion. Mortgage-backed securities increased 24.9% to $1.673 billion (95.2% of the total investment portfolio) from $1.339 billion (91.7% of the total investment portfolio) the year before, reflecting the Group strategy of re-balancing its asset mix through sound and lesser risk asset acquisitions.

 

At June 30, 2002, the Group’s loan portfolio amounted to $576.8 million, 24.5% higher than the $462.6 million at June 30, 2001. Late in the second quarter of fiscal 2001, the Group’s loan originations changed toward collateralized loans, primarily mortgage loans and personal loans with mortgage collateral, while de-emphasizing unsecured personal loans.

 

Liabilities and Funding Sources

 

As shown in Table 6, at June 30, 2003, the Group’s total liabilities reached $2.838 billion, 22.4% higher than the $2.318 billion reported a year earlier. Interest-bearing liabilities, the Group’s funding sources, amounted to $2.777 billion at the end of fiscal 2003 versus $2.280 billion the year before, a 21.8% increase. The rise in deposits and repurchase agreements to fund the expansion of the loan and investment portfolios drove this growth.

 

Borrowings are the Group’s largest interest-bearing liability component. They consist mainly of diversified funding sources through the use of Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLB) advances and borrowings, repurchase agreements, term notes, subordinated capital notes, and unused lines of credit. At June 30, 2003, they amounted to $1.581 billion, 25.9% higher than the $1.255 billion at June 30, 2002. The increase, mainly in repurchase agreements, reflects the funding needed to maintain the Group’s loans and investment portfolios growth as previously mentioned. Repurchase agreements as of June 30, 2003 amounted to $1.401 billion, a 40.5% increase when compared to $996.9 million as of June 30, 2002.

 

The FHLB system functions as a source of credit for financial institutions that are members of a regional Federal Home Loan Bank.  As a member of the of the FHLB of New York, the Group can obtain advances from the FHLB, secured by the FHLB stock owned by the Group, as well as by certain of the Group’s mortgage loans and investment securities. Table 6 presents the composition of the Group’s other borrowings at the end of the periods analyzed.

 

At June 30, 2003, deposits, the second largest category of the Group’s interest-bearing liabilities and a cost-effective source of funding, reached $1.044 billion, up 7.8% versus the $968.9 million at June 30, 2002. As in prior fiscal years, most of the growth was in the time deposits and IRA accounts, with an increase of $40.8 million or 5.3%, to $817.9 million as of June 30, 2003, compared to $777.1 million as of June 30, 2002. In addition, an increase of $34.4 million or 18.1%, in core low cost demand and savings deposits contributed to this growth as results of the previous year's advertising campaign to promote these products started to materialize. Table 6 presents the composition of the Group’s deposits at the end of the periods analyzed.

 

F-55



 

At June 30, 2003, the scheduled maturities of time deposits and IRA accounts of $100,000 or more were as follows:

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

3 months or less

 

$

192,629

 

Over 3 months through 6 months

 

64,093

 

Over 6 months through 12 months

 

38,044

 

Over 12 months

 

78,699

 

Total

 

$

373,465

 

 

At June 30, 2002, the Group’s total liabilities reached $2.318 billion, 20.7% higher than the $1.920 billion reported a year earlier. Interest-bearing liabilities amounted to $2.280 billion at the end of fiscal 2002 versus $1.896 billion the year before, a 20.3% increase. At June 30, 2002, borrowings amounted to $1.255 billion, 16.2% higher than the $1.080 billion at June 30, 2001, mainly in repurchase agreements, FHLB funds and the assumption of a subordinated capital note (see Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

 

In the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002, deposits reached $968.9 million, up 18.8% versus the $815.5 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2001. Most of the growth was in the time deposits and IRA accounts, with an increase of $115.4 million or 17.4%, to $777.1 million as of June 30, 2002, compared to $661.7 million at June 30, 2001. In addition, an increase of $38.6 million or 25.5%, in core low cost demand and savings deposits contributed to this growth led by the new “Amiga” demand deposit account, which grew by $20.9 million when compared to fiscal 2001.

 

Stockholders’ Equity

 

At June 30, 2003, the Group’s total stockholders’ equity was $201.7 million; an increase of 21.2% from the $166.4 million recorded at June 30, 2002, which in turn reflects an increase of 46.6% from the $113.5 million recorded as of June 30, 2001. In addition to earnings from operations (see “Overview of Financial Performance”), this growth reflects an increase in the unrealized gain of investment securities available-for-sale in part offset for the impact of an increase in the unrealized loss of cash flow hedge derivative instruments. For more of the Group’s stockholders’ equity activity, refer to Table 7 and to the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and of Comprehensive Income included as part of the Consolidated Financial Statements and Note 2 to such financial statements.

 

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, the Group repurchased 97,000 common shares (155,492 common shares for the fiscal year ended on June 30, 2002) bringing the total to 2,025,363 shares as of June 30, 2003, with a cost of $35.9 million (1,534,191 shares as of June 30, 2002, with a cost of $33.7 million) the number of treasury shares held by the Group.  The Group’s common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol “OFG”. At June 30, 2003 and 2002, the Group’s market value for its outstanding common stock was $453.7 million ($25.69 per share) and $349.1 million ($20.29 per share), respectively.

 

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, the Group declared cash dividends on its common stock amounting to $9.4 million or $0.54 per share. Furthermore, on October 28, 2002, the Group’s Board of Directors declared a twenty-five percent stock split effected in the form of a dividend on outstanding common shares on January 15, 2003, in addition to the regular quarterly cash dividend. Therefore, the stock split had the effect of increasing the cash dividend by 25 percent. The dividend yield at June 30, 2003 was 2.10%. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2002, the Group declared cash dividends, on its common stock amounting to $7.8 million or $0.46 per share. On January 29, 2002, the Group’s Board of Directors declared a 10% stock dividend on outstanding common shares on April 1, 2002, (payable on April 15, 2002), in addition to the regular quarterly cash dividend. The stock dividend had the effect of increasing the total cash dividend by 10 percent. The dividend yield at June 30, 2002 was 2.27%.

 

The Bank is considered “well-capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action if they meet or exceed a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 6%, a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% and a leverage capital ratio of 5%. In addition, the Group and the Bank should meet the following minimum capital requirements: a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 4%, a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% and a leverage capital ratio of 4%. As shown in Table 7 and in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Group and the Bank comfortably exceed these benchmarks due to the high level of capital and the quality and conservative nature of its assets.

 

F-56



 

Group’s Financial Assets

 

The Group’s total financial assets include the Group’s assets and the assets managed by the Group’s trust division, the retirement plans administrator subsidiary and broker-dealer subsidiary. At June 30, 2003, they reached $5.7 billion — up 13.8% from $5.0 billion at June 30, 2002. One of the Group’s financial assets components is the assets owned by the Group, of which about 99% are owned by the Group’s banking subsidiary. In fiscal year 2002 the Group’s total financial assets reached $5.0 billion, up 11.3% from $4.5 billion at June 30, 2001.

 

Another financial asset component are the assets managed by the Group’s trust division and the retirement plans administrator subsidiary. The Group’s trust division offers various types of IRA products and manages 401(K) and Keogh retirement plans, custodian and corporate trust accounts. As of June 30, 2003, total assets managed by the Group’s trust division amounted to $1.670 billion, 20.8% higher than the $1.382 billion at June 30, 2002, primarily due to the acquisition of Caribbean Pension Consultants, Inc., a retirement plans administrator located in Boca Raton, Florida, which added approximately $325.0 million in trust assets managed. As of June 30, 2002, total assets managed by the Group’s trust division amounted to $1.382 billion, 4.3% lower than the $1.445 billion at June 30, 2001, primarily due to a decline in market value in line with the decline in broader market indexes.

 

Finally, but not less important, the other financial asset component are the assets gathered by the Group’s broker-dealer subsidiary. The Group’s broker-dealer subsidiary offers a wide array of investment alternatives to its client base, such as fixed and variable annuities, tax-advantaged fixed income securities, mutual funds, stocks and bonds. At June 30, 2003, total assets gathered by the broker-dealer from its customer investment accounts decreased 13.9%, this is, from $1.118 billion as of June 30, 2002, to $962.9 million as of June 30, 2003. This decrease is mainly attributable to the overall market downturn experienced during the last year. At June 30, 2002, total assets gathered by the broker-dealer from its customer investment accounts reached $1.118 billion, up 11.6% from $1.002 billion at the end of fiscal year 2001.

 

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES AND NON-PERFORMING ASSETS:

 

The Group maintains an allowance for loan losses at a level that management considers adequate to provide for potential losses based upon an evaluation of known and inherent risks.  The Group’s allowance for loan losses policy provides for a detailed quarterly analysis of possible losses. Refer to details of the methodology in this section. Tables 8 through 12 set forth an analysis of activity in the allowance for loan losses and presents selected loan loss statistics. In addition, refer to Table 5 for the composition (“mix”) of the loan portfolio.

 

At June 30, 2003, the Group’s allowance for loan losses amounted to $5.0 million or 0.69% of total loans versus $3.0 million or 0.52% of total loans at June 30, 2002, $2.9 million or 0.61% of total loans at June 30, 2001, and $6.8 million or 1.13% of total loans at June 30, 2000. The provision for loan losses increased to $4.2 million in fiscal 2003 from $2.1 million in fiscal 2002 and from $2.9 million in fiscal 2001, but declined in comparison with $8.2 million in fiscal 2000.  The allowance increases in fiscal years 2003 and 2002 are directly related to the overall loan portfolio growth and the higher level of non-performing loans, mainly to non-performing secured mortgage loans. Total loans receivable increased 26.5% from $579.8 million at the end of fiscal 2002 to $733.5 million at the end of fiscal year 2003. At the end of fiscal year 2001, total loans receivable amounted to $465.4 million. Non-performing loans increased 43.6%, from $20.1 million at the end of fiscal 2002, to $28.9 million at the end of fiscal 2003. At the end of fiscal year 2001, non-performing loans amounted to $16.9 million.

 

The allowance declines in 2001 and 2000 were in response to the lower level of net credit losses that decreased to $1.9 million in fiscal 2002, from $6.9 million in fiscal 2001, $10.3 million in fiscal 2000 and $11.1 million in fiscal 1999. The reduction in credit losses reflects the Group’s strategy implemented in fiscal 2000 to re-balance the composition of the Group’s loan portfolio, toward lower credit risk loans, mostly secured by real estate.

 

As previously discussed, during the second quarter of fiscal 2000, the Group re-defined it lending strategy toward lower credit risk loans collateralized by real estate, while de-emphasizing unsecured personal loans and financing leases. Such strategy responded to the level of credit losses being experienced on financing leases that significantly reduced the net margin (after credit losses) generated by such portfolio.  Such strategy was further complemented with the sale of approximately $169 million of unsecured personal loans and financing leases on July 7, 2000, maintaining only a marginal amount of such loans and leases in its portfolio. After the sale, the Group discontinued its leasing operation.

 

Also as a result of the strategy mentioned above, the loan portfolio mix and the allowance for loan losses shifted toward the lower credit risk portfolio of real estate loans (mostly residential loans); thus, improving its quality.  In fiscal year 2003 real estate loans grew 29.8% from $516.2 million at the end of fiscal 2002 to $670.1 million at the end of fiscal 2003, while in fiscal year 2002 real estate loans grew 19.4% from $416.1 million at the end of fiscal 2001 to $516.2 million at the end of fiscal 2002.  The portion of the allowance for loan losses related to such loans increased from $816,000 at June 30, 2001 to $1.2 million at June 30, 2002, and to $1.9 million at June 30, 2003. As a result of such growth, as shown in Tables 5 and 9, the percentage of real estate loans to total loans increased from 89% at the end of fiscal years 2001 and 2002, to 91% at the

 

F-57



 

end of fiscal 2003, while the portion of the allowance for loans losses related to such loans increased from 28.6% at the end of fiscal 2001, to 39.0% at the end of fiscal 2002 and to 37.3% at the end of fiscal 2003.

 

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

 

The Group follows a systematic methodology to establish and evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.  This methodology consists of several key elements.

 

Larger commercial loans that exhibit potential or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review and grading. Where appropriate, allowances are allocated to individual loans based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan given the availability of collateral, other sources of cash flow and legal options available to the Group.

 

Included in the review of individual loans are those that are impaired. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Group will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or as a practical expedient, at the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. Loans are individually evaluated for impairment, except large groups of small balance, homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and for loans that are recorded at fair value or at the lower of cost or market. The Group measures for impairment all commercial loans over $250,000. The portfolios of mortgages and consumer loans are considered homogeneous and are evaluated collectively for impairment. For the five-year period ended June 30, 2003, the Group determined that no specific impairment allowance was required for those loans evaluated for impairment.

 

For loans that are not individually graded, the Group uses a methodology that follows a loan credit risk rating process that involves dividing loans into risk categories.  The following are the credit risk categories (established by the FDIC Interagency Policy Statement of 1993) used:

 

1. Pass - loans considered highly collectible due to their repayment history or current status (to be in this category a loan cannot be more than 90 days past due).

 

2. Special Mention - loans with potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects of the loan.

 

3. Substandard - - loans inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any.  They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

 

4. Doubtful - - loans that have all the weaknesses inherent in substandard, with the added characteristic that collection or liquidation in full is highly questionable and improbable.

 

5. Loss - - loans considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as bankable assets is not warranted.

 

The Group, using an aged-based rating system, applies an overall allowance percentage to each loan portfolio category based on historical credit losses adjusted for current conditions and trends.  This delinquency-based calculation is the starting point for management’s determination of the required level of the allowance for loan losses. Other data considered in this determination includes:

 

1.                                       Overall historical loss trends; and

2.                                       Other information, including underwriting standards, economic trends and unusual events.

 

Loan loss ratios and credit risk categories, are updated quarterly and are applied in the context of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and the Joint Interagency Guidance on the importance of depository institutions having prudent, conservative, but not excessive loan loss allowances that fall within an acceptable range of estimated losses. While management uses available information in estimating possible loan losses, future changes to the allowance may be necessary based on factors beyond the Group’s control, such as factors affecting general economic conditions.

 

The Group’s non-performing assets include non-performing loans, foreclosed real estate and other repossessed assets (see Tables 11 and 12). At June 30 2003, the Group’s non-performing assets totaled $29.4 million (0.97% of total assets) versus

 

F-58



 

$20.6 million (0.83% of total assets) at June 30, 2002. At June 30, 2001, non-performing assets amounted to $17.9 million (0.88% of total assets).  This increase was principally due to a higher level of non-performing loans, which are mostly secured by mortgages.

 

At June 30, 2003, the allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans coverage ratio was 17.4% (15.1% at June 30, 2002. Excluding the lesser-risk real estate loans, the ratio is much higher, 217.3% (256.2% at June 30, 2002).

 

Detailed information concerning each of the items that comprise non-performing assets follows:

 

                  Real estate loans - are placed in non-accrual status when they become 90 days or more past due, except for well-collateralized residential real estate loans for which recognition of interest is discontinued when other factors indicate that collection of interest or principal is doubtful, and are charged-off based on the specific evaluation of the collateral underlying the loan. At June 30, 2003, the Group’s non-performing real estate loans totaled $26.6 million (92.0% of the Group’s non-performing loans, compared to $18.9 million or 94.1% at June 30, 2002, and to $14.1 million or 83.7% at June 30, 2001).  Non-performing loans in this category are primarily residential mortgage loans. Based on the value of the underlying collateral and the loan-to-value ratios, management considers that no significant losses will be incurred on this portfolio.

 

                  Commercial business loans - are placed in non-accrual status when they become 90 days or more past due and are charged-off based on the specific evaluation of the underlying collateral. At June 30, 2003, the Group’s non-performing commercial business loans amounted to $1.8 million (6.2% of the Group’s non-performing loans, compared to $585,000 or 2.9% at June 30, 2002, and $1.5 million or 9.1% at June 30, 2001).  Most of this portfolio is also collateralized by real estate and no significant losses are expected.

 

                  Consumer loans - are placed in non-accrual status when they become 90 days past due and charged-off when payments are delinquent 120 days.  At June 30, 2003, the Group’s non-performing consumer loans amounted to $484,000 (1.7% of the Group’s total non-performing loans, compared to $416,000 or 2.1% at June 30, 2002, and  $588,000 or 3.4% at June 30, 2001).

 

                  Finance leases - are placed in non-accrual status when they become 90 days past due. At June 30, 2003, the Group’s non-performing financing leases portfolio amounted to $19,000 (0.1% of the Group’s total non-performing loans, compared to $147,000 or 0.7% at June 30, 2002, and $640,000 or 3.8% at June 30, 2001).  The underlying collateral secures these financing leases. As reported, the Group discontinued leasing operations on June 30, 2000.

 

                  Foreclosed real estate - is initially recorded at the lower of the related loan balance or fair value at the date of foreclosure. Any excess of the loan balance over the fair market value of the property is charged against the allowance for loan losses.  Subsequently, any excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair market value less selling cost is charged to operations.  Management is actively seeking prospective buyers for these foreclosed real estate properties. Foreclosed real estate balance amounted to $536,000 at June 30, 2003, $476,000 at June 30, 2002 and $847,000 June 30, 2001.

 

F-59



 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND COMMERCIAL COMMITMENTS

 

As disclosed in the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Group has certain obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts.  At June 30, 2003, the aggregate contractual obligations and commercial commitments are:

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

 

 

Total

 

Less than 1
year

 

2-5 years

 

After 5 years

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

$

1,400,598

 

$

1,400,598

 

$

 

$

 

Advances from FHLB

 

130,000

 

130,000

 

 

 

Term notes

 

15,000

 

 

15,000

 

 

Subordinated capital notes

 

35,000

 

 

 

35,000

 

Annual rental commitments under noncancelable operating leases

 

9,804

 

1,842

 

5,527

 

2,435

 

Total

 

$

1,590,402

 

$

1,532,440

 

$

20,527

 

$

37,435

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER COMMERCIAL COMMITMENTS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lines of credit

 

$

21,748

 

$

21,748

 

$

 

$

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

5,738

 

5,738

 

 

 

Total

 

$

27,486

 

$

27,486

 

$

 

$

 

 

Such commitments will be funded in the normal course of business from the Bank’s principal sources of funds. At June 30, 2003, the Bank had $501.0 million in time deposits and IRA accounts that mature during the following twelve months.  The Bank does not anticipate any difficulty in retaining such deposits.

 

IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

 

The financial statements and related data presented herein have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.

 

Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature.

As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than the effects of general levels of inflation.  Interest rates do not necessary move in the same direction or with the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services since such prices are affected by inflation.

 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Interest Rate Risk and Asset/Liability Management

 

The Group’s interest rate risk and asset/liability management is the responsibility of the Asset and Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”), which reports to the Board of Directors and is composed of members of the Group’s senior management. The principal objective of ALCO is to enhance profitability while maintaining appropriate levels of interest rate and liquidity risks.  ALCO is also involved in formulating economic projections and strategies used by the Group in its planning and budgeting process. It oversees the Group’s sources, uses and pricing of funds.

 

Interest rate risk can be defined as the exposure of the Group’s operating results or financial position to adverse movements in market interest rates, which mainly occurs when assets and liabilities reprice at different times and at different rates. This difference is commonly referred to as a “maturity mismatch” or “gap”.  The Group employs various techniques to assess the degree of interest rate risk.

 

The Group is liability sensitive due to its fixed rate and medium to long-term asset composition being funded with shorter-term repricing liabilities. As a result, the Group utilizes various derivative instruments for hedging purposes, such as asset/liability management. These transactions involve both credit and market risk. The notional amounts are amounts on which calculations and payments are based. Notional amounts do not represent direct credit exposures. Direct credit exposure is limited to the net difference between the calculated amounts to be received and paid, if any. The actual risk of loss is the cost of replacing, at market, these contracts in the event of default by the counterparties. The Group controls the credit risk of its derivative financial instrument agreements through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures and collateral, when considered necessary.

 

F-60



 

The Group generally uses interest rate swaps and interest rate options, such as caps and options, in managing its interest rate risk exposure.  The swaps were executed to convert short-term borrowings into fixed rate liabilities for longer periods and provide protection against increases in short-term interest rates. Under these swaps, the Group pays a fixed monthly or quarterly cost and receives a floating monthly or quarterly payment based on LIBOR. Floating rate payments received from the swap counterparties correspond to the floating rate payments made on the short-term borrowings thus resulting in a net fixed rate cost to the Group (cash flow hedging instruments used to hedge a forecasted transaction). Under the caps, the Group pays an up front premium or fee for the right to receive cash flow payments in excess of the predetermined cap rate; thus, effectively capping its interest rate cost for the duration of the agreement.

 

The Group’s swaps, excluding those used to manage exposure to the stock market, and caps outstanding and their terms at June 30, 2003 and 2002 are set forth in the table below:

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

2003

 

2002

 

Swaps:

 

 

 

 

 

Pay fixed swaps notional amount

 

$

650,000

 

$

500,000

 

Weighted average pay rate – fixed

 

3.97

%

4.74

%

Weighted average receive rate – floating

 

1.24

%

1.84

%

Maturity in months

 

1 to 88

 

1 to 100

 

Floating rate as a percent of LIBOR

 

100

%

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Caps:

 

 

 

 

 

Cap agreements notional amount

 

$

75,000

 

$

200,000

 

Cap rate

 

4.50

%

4.81

%

Current 90 day LIBOR

 

1.31

%

1.86

%

Maturity in months

 

10

 

21 to 59

 

 

The Group offers its customers certificates of deposit with an option tied to the performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 stock market index. At the end of five years, the depositor will receive a specified percentage of the average increase of the month-end value of the stock index.  If the index decreases, the depositor receives the principal without any interest. The Group uses swap and option agreements with major money center banks and major broker-dealer companies to manage its exposure to changes in those indexes. Under the terms of the option agreements, the Group will receive the average increase in the month-end value of the corresponding index in exchange for a fixed premium. Under the term of the swap agreements, the Group will receive the average increase in the month-end value of the corresponding index in exchange for a quarterly fixed interest cost. The changes in fair value of the options purchased, the swap agreements and the options embedded in the certificates of deposit are recorded in earnings.

 

Derivatives instruments are generally negotiated over-the-counter (“OTC”) contracts. Negotiated OTC derivatives are generally entered into between two counterparties that negotiate specific agreement terms, including the underlying instrument, amount, exercise price and maturity.

 

Information pertaining to the notional amounts of the Group’s derivative financial instruments as of June 30, 2003 and 2002 is as follows:

 

F-61



 

 

 

Notional Amount
(In thousands)

 

Type of Contract:

 

2003

 

2002

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows Hedging Activities - Interest rate swaps used to hedge a forecasted transaction - short-term borrowings

 

$

650,000

 

$

500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedge:

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps used to manage exposure to the stock market on stock indexed deposits

 

$

7,450

 

$

29,200

 

Purchased options used to manage exposure to the stock market on stock indexed deposits

 

232,800

 

196,940

 

Embedded options on stock indexed deposits

 

229,574

 

222,560

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Caps

 

75,000

 

200,000

 

 

 

$

544,824

 

$

648,700

 

 

At June 30, 2003, the contractual maturities of interest rate swaps and caps, and equity indexed options, by fiscal year were as follows:

 

(In Thousands)

 

Year
Ending
June 30,

 

Cash Flows
Hedging
Swaps

 

Caps

 

Equity
Indexed
Options and
Swaps
Purchased

 

Embedded
Options on
Stock
Indexed
Deposits

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004

 

$

200,000

 

$

75,000

 

$

40,750

 

$

35,582

 

$

351,332

 

2005

 

50,000

 

 

51,000

 

49,117

 

150,117

 

2006

 

250,000

 

 

54,150

 

53,678

 

357,828

 

2007

 

 

 

58,490

 

56,908

 

115,398

 

2008

 

 

 

35,860

 

34,289

 

70,149

 

2011

 

150,000

 

 

 

 

150,000

 

 

 

$

650,000

 

$

75,000

 

$

240,250

 

$

229,574

 

$

1,194,824

 

 

During fiscal years 2003 and 2002, $4.0 million and $2.0 million, respectively, of losses were charged to earnings and reflected as “Derivatives Activities” in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Unrealized losses of $20.2 million and $12.5 million, respectively, on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges were included in other comprehensive income during the same periods. Ineffectiveness of $17,000 was credited to earnings during fiscal year 2003. No ineffectiveness was charged to earnings during fiscal year 2002.

 

At June 30, 2003 and 2002, the fair value of derivatives was recognized as either assets or liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as follows: the fair value of the interest rate swaps used to manage the exposure to the stock market on stock indexed deposits represented a liability of $315,804 and $1.8 million, respectively; the purchased options used to manage the exposure to the stock market on stock indexed deposits represented an asset of $7.4 million and $10.3 million, respectively, recorded in other assets; and the options sold to customers embedded in the certificates of deposit represented a liability of $7.2 million and $10.5 million, respectively, recorded in deposits. The fair value of the interest rate swaps represented a liability of $42.8 million and $22.6 million, respectively, presented in “Accrued expenses and other liabilities”. The caps did not have carrying value as of June 30, 2003, and a fair value of $4.3 million as of June 30, 2002 was presented in other assets.

 

The adoption of SFAS No. 133 on July 1, 2000, resulted in a transition adjustment recorded as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of $270,000 unrealized loss ($164,000 net of tax effect) charged to earnings and reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income, and an $875,000 unrealized loss on derivatives ($534,000 net of tax effect) charged to other comprehensive income and reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and of Comprehensive Income. The transition adjustment in other comprehensive income also includes an unrealized loss of $26.6 million on securities transferred from held-to-maturity to available-for-sale on July 1, 2000. As part of its interest

 

F-62



 

rate risk management, during fiscal year 2000, the Group closed certain interest rate swap and cap agreements with an aggregate notional value of approximately $390.0 million. This transaction generated gains of approximately $1.7 million, which were amortized as an adjustment to the yield over the remaining original terms of the agreements.

 

The Group is exposed to a reduction in the level of Net Interest Income (“NII”) in a rising interest rate environment. NII will fluctuate with changes in the levels of interest rate affecting interest-sensitive assets and liabilities. Both hypothetical rate scenarios consider a gradual change of 200 basis points during the twelve-month period. The decreasing rate scenario has a floor of 1%.  This floor causes liabilities (already around 1%) to have little cost reduction, while the assets do have a decrease in yields, causing a small loss in declining rate simulations.  These estimated changes are within the policy guidelines established by the Board of Directors. If (1) the rates in effect at year end remain constant, or increase or decrease on an instantaneous and sustained change of plus or minus 200 basis points, and (2) all scheduled repricing, reinvestments and estimated prepayments, and reissuances are constant, or increase or decrease accordingly; NII will fluctuate as shown on the following table:

 

Change in
Interest rate

 

Expected
NII (1)

 

Amount
Change

 

Percent
Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,2003:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base Scenario

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Flat

 

$

98,424

 

$

 

0.00

%

+ 200 Basis points

 

$

93,731

 

$

(4,693

)

-4.77

%

- 200 Basis points

 

$

93,284

 

$

(5,140

)

-5.22

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,2002:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base Scenario

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Flat

 

$

79,374

 

$

 

0.00

%

+ 200 Basis points

 

$

74,089

 

$

(5,285

)

-6.66

%

- 200 Basis points

 

$

81,353

 

$

1,979

 

2.49

%

 


(1) The NII figures exclude the effect of the amortization of loan fees.

 

Liquidity Risk Management

 

The objective of the Group’s asset/liability management function is to maintain consistent growth in net interest income within the Group’s policy limits. This objective is accomplished through management of the Group’s balance sheet composition, liquidity, and interest rate risk exposure arising from changing economic conditions, interest rates and customer preferences.

 

The goal of liquidity management is to provide adequate funds to meet changes in loan demand or unexpected deposit withdrawals.  This is accomplished by maintaining liquid assets in the form of investment securities, maintaining sufficient unused borrowing capacity in the national money markets and delivering consistent growth in core deposits.  As of June 30, 2003, the Group had approximately $2.23 billion in investments available to cover liquidity needs. Additional asset-driven liquidity is provided by securitizable loan assets.  These sources, in addition to the Group’s 8.2% average equity capital base, provide a stable funding base.

 

In addition to core deposit funding, the Group also accesses a variety of other short-term and long-term funding sources. Short-term funding sources mainly include securities sold under agreements to repurchase. Borrowing funding source limits are determined annually by each counter-party and depend on the Bank’s financial condition and delivery of acceptable collateral securities.  The Bank may be required to provide additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities.  The Group also uses the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) as a funding source, issuing notes payable, such as advances, through its FHLB member subsidiary, the Bank.  This funding source requires the Bank to maintain a minimum amount of qualifying collateral with a fair value of at least 110% of the outstanding advances. At June 30, 2003, the Group has an additional borrowing capacity with the FHLB of $213.2 million.

 

In addition, the Bank utilizes the National Certificate of Deposit (“CD”) Market as a source of cost effective deposit funding in addition to local market deposit inflows. Depositors in this market consist of credit unions, banking institutions, CD brokers and some private corporations or non-profit organizations.  The Bank’s ability to acquire brokered deposits can be restricted if it becomes in the future less than well capitalized.  An adequately-capitalized bank, by regulation, may not accept deposits from brokers unless it applies for and receives a waiver from the FDIC.

 

F-63



 

As of June 30, 2003, the Bank had lines of credit agreements with other financial institutions permitting the Bank to borrow a maximum aggregate amount of $24.4 million (no borrowings were made during the year ended June 30, 2003 under such lines of credit).  The agreements provide for unsecured advances to be used by the Group on an overnight basis.  Interest rate is negotiated at the time of the transaction.  The credit agreements are renewable annually.

 

The Group’s liquidity targets are reviewed monthly by the ALCO Committee and are based on the Group’s commitment to make loans and investments and its ability to generate funds.

 

The Bank’s investment portfolio at June 30, 2003 had an average maturity of 24 months.  However, no assurance can be given that such levels will be maintained in future periods.

 

As previously discussed, the principal source of funds for the Group are dividends from the Bank. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends is restricted by regulatory authorities (see “Dividend Restrictions” under “Regulation and Supervision”). Primarily, through such dividends the Group meets its cash obligations and pays dividends to its common and preferred stockholders. Management believes that the Group will continue to meet its cash obligations as they become due and pay dividends as they are declared.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Group are prepared in accordance with GAAP and with general practices within the financial industry.  In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.   Actual results could differ from those estimates. The Group believes that of its significant accounting policies, the following may involve a higher degree of judgement and complexity.

 

                  Allowance for Loan Losses.  The Group assesses the overall risks in its loan portfolio and establishes and maintains a reserve for probable losses thereon.  The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level sufficient to provide for estimated loan losses based on the evaluation of known and inherent risks in the Group’s loan portfolio.  The Group’s management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis.  Based on current and expected economic conditions, the expected level on net loan losses and the methodology established to evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, management considers that the allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb probable losses on its loan portfolio.  In determining the allowance, management considers the portfolio risk characteristics, prior loss experience, prevailing and projected economic conditions and loan impairment measurements. Any significant changes in these considerations would have an impact on the allowance for loan losses. See Financial Condition – Allowance for Loan Losses and Non-Performing Assets and Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for a detailed description of the Group’s estimation process and methodology related to the allowance for loan losses.

 

                  Financial Instruments. Certain financial instruments including derivatives, hedged items and investment securities available-for-sale are recorded at fair value and unrealized gains and losses are recorded in other comprehensive income or other gains and losses as appropriate.  Fair values are based on listed market prices, if available.  If listed market prices are not available, fair value is determined based on other relevant factors including price quotations for similar instruments.  Fair value for certain derivative contracts are derived from pricing models that consider current market and contractual prices for the underlying financial instruments as well as time valued and yield curve or volatility factors underlying the positions. See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for a detailed description of the Group’s estimation process and methodology related to the financial instruments.

 

New Accounting Developments

 

Effective July 1, 2002, the Group adopted the following Statements of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”), which did not have a material effect on the Group’s financial condition or results of operations:

 

                  SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”. SFAS No. 142 changes the accounting for goodwill from an amortization method to an impairment-only approach. Thus, amortization of goodwill, including goodwill recorded in past business combinations, ceased upon adoption of that statement.

 

                  SFAS No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations”. SFAS No. 143 addresses financial accounting and reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets and the associated asset retirement costs.

 

F-64



 

                  SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”. This statement supersedes SFAS No. 121, “Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of”, and the accounting and reporting provisions of APB Opinion No. 30, “Reporting the Results of Operations-Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions”.

 

                  SFAS No. 145, “Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44 and 64, Amendment of SFAS No. 13, and Technical Corrections”. SFAS No. 145 rescinds SFAS No. 4, “Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishments of Debt – an amendment of APB Opinion No. 30”, which required all gains and losses from extinguishments of debt to be aggregated and, if material, classified as extraordinary item, net of related income tax effect. As a result, the criteria in Opinion No. 30 will now be used to classify those gains and losses. SFAS No.145 also amends SFAS No. 13, “Accounting for Leases”, which requires that certain lease modifications that have economic effects similar to sale–leaseback transactions be accounted for in the same manner as sale-leaseback transactions. Amendment to SFAS No. 13 became effective for transactions occurring after May 15, 2002.

 

Accounting for Costs Associated With Exit or Disposal Activities

 

In June 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated With Exit or Disposal Activities”.  SFAS No. 146 addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 94-3 “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity  (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring).”  This Statement requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized and measured initially at fair value only when the liability is incurred.  The provisions of this Statement were effective for exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002. Implementation of SFAS No. 146 did not have any effect on the Group’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

Acquisitions of Certain Financial Institutions, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 72 and 144 and FASB Interpretation No. 9

 

In October 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 147, “Acquisitions of Certain Financial Institutions, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 72 and 144 and FASB Interpretation No. 9”. Except for transactions between two or more mutual enterprises, SFAS No. 147 removes acquisitions of financial institutions from the scope of both SFAS No. 72 and Interpretation No. 9 and requires that those transactions be accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations” and SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”.  In addition, SFAS No. 147 amends SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” to include in its scope long-term customer-relationship intangible assets of financial institutions such as depositor-and-borrower-relationship intangible assets and credit cardholders intangible assets. SFAS No. 147 is effective for acquisitions or impairment measurement of above intangibles effected on or after October 1, 2002. SFAS No. 147 did not have a significant effect on the Group’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

Interpretation No. 45 (“FIN No. 45”), Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others, an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and rescission of FASB interpretation No. 34

 

In November 2002, the FASB Issued Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others, an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and rescission of FASB interpretation No. 34.”  This interpretation elaborates on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in the financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued.  It also clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The initial recognition and initial measurement provisions of FIN No. 45 are applicable for guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002.  Adoption of the recognition, measurement and disclosure provisions of FIN No. 45 did not have a significant effect on the Group’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation —Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123

 

In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation —Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123”. This Statement amends FASB Statement No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”, to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation.  In addition, this Statement amends the disclosure requirements of Statement No. 123 to require prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. The Group has decided to continue using the intrinsic value-based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation.

 

F-65



 

Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN No. 46”), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No. 51

 

In January 2003, the FASB Issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No. 51.” FIN No. 46 addresses consolidation by business enterprises of variable interest entities. A variable interest entity is a corporation, partnership, trust, or any other legal structure used for business purposes that either (a) does not issue voting interests (or other interests with similar rights) or (b) the total equity investment at risk is not sufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities. FIN No. 46 requires an enterprise to consolidate a variable interest entity if that enterprise has a variable interest that will absorb a majority of the entity’s expected losses if they occur, receive a majority of the entity’s expected residual returns if they occur, or both. Qualifying Special Purpose Entities are exempt from the consolidation requirements.  The consolidation requirements of FIN No. 46 apply immediately to variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003. The consolidation requirements apply to variable interest entities created before February 1, 2003 in the first fiscal year or interim period beginning after June 15, 2003.

 

The Group adopted FIN No. 46 on July 1, 2003. In its current form, FIN No. 46 may require the Group to deconsolidate its investment in the Statutory Trust I in future financial statements. The potential de-consolidation of subsidiary trust of financial holding companies formed in connecting with the issuance of trust preferred securities appears to be an unintended consequence of FIN No. 46. It is currently unknown if, or when, the FASB will address this issue. In July 2003, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) issued a supervisory letter instructing bank holding companies to continue to include the trust preferred securities in their Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes until notice is given to the contrary.  The Federal Reserve intends to review the regulatory implications of any accounting treatment changes and, if necessary or warranted, provide further appropriate guidance. There can be no assurance that the Federal Reserve will continue to allow institutions to include trust preferred securities in Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes.

 

SFAS No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

 

In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”. This Statement amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives) and for hedging activities under FASB Statement No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”. This Statement is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. Implementation of SFAS No. 149 is not expected to have a significant effect on the Group’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity”. This Statement establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures in its statement of financial condition certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that an issuer classify a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances) because that financial instrument embodies an obligation of the issuer. This Statement is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. Implementation of SFAS No. 150 is not expected to have a significant effect on the Group’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

F-66


EX-21 4 a03-3492_1ex21.htm EX-21

EXHIBIT 21.0

 

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

A)                                  ORIENTAL BANK AND TRUST - an insured non-member commercial bank organized and existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF ORIENTAL BANK AND TRUST:

 

1.                                       Oriental Mortgage Corporation - a mortgage bank organized and existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. The corporation is currently not in operation.

 

B)                                    ORIENTAL FINANCIAL SERVICES CORP. - a registered securities broker-dealer organized and existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.

 

C)                                    ORIENTAL INSURANCE INC. – a registered insurance agency organized and existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.

 

D)                                   ORIENTAL FINANCIAL (PR) STATUTORY TRUST I - a special purpose statutory trust subsidiary organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut.

 

E)                                     ORIENTAL FINANCIAL (PR) STATUTORY TRUST II - a special purpose statutory trust subsidiary organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut.

 

F)                                     CARIBBEAN PENSION CONSULTANTS, INC – a wholly owned subsidiary organized under the laws of the State of Florida, that offers third party pension plan administration in the continental U.S., Puerto Rico and the Bahamas.

 


EX-22 5 a03-3492_1ex22.htm EX-22

Exhibit 22.0

 

 

 

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

254 Munoz Rivera Avenue

BBVA Tower, 9th Floor

Halo Rey, PR 00918

Telephone: (787) 754 9090

Facsimile: (787) 766 1094

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-84473 and No. 333-57052) of our report dated August 17, 2001 relating to the consolidated financial statements, which appears in the 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders of Oriental Financial Group Inc., which is incorporated by reference in Oriental Financial Group Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

 

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

 

San Juan, Puerto Rico

 

September 19, 2003

 


EX-23 6 a03-3492_1ex23.htm EX-23

EXHIBIT 23.0

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ CONSENT

 

To the Board of Directors of
Oriental Financial Group Inc.
San Juan, Puerto Rico

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements No. 333-108401 on Form S-3 and No. 333-84473 and 333-57052 on Form S-8 of our report dated September 11, 2003 (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph concerning the application of procedures relating to certain reclassifications in the segment reporting note to the 2001 consolidated financial statements to give retroactive effect to the Group’s change in reportable segments) incorporated by reference in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Oriental Financial Group Inc. for the year ended June 30, 2003.

 

 

 

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Juan, Puerto Rico

September 18, 2003

 

 

Stamp No. 1924257

affixed to original.

 


EX-31.1 7 a03-3492_1ex31d1.htm EX-31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1

 

MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

 

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I,  José Enrique Fernández, Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer of Oriental Financial Group Inc., certify that:

 

1.                              I have reviewed this  annual report on Form 10-K of Oriental Financial Group Inc.;

 

2.                              Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                              Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                              The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) for the registrant and have:

 

a)              Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)             Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c)              Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                              The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)              All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)             Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: September 22, 2003

 

 

By:

/s/ José Enrique Fernández

 

 

José Enrique Fernández

 

Chairman of the Board, President,
Chief Executive Officer

 


EX-31.2 8 a03-3492_1ex31d2.htm EX-31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

 

MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

 

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I,  Norberto González, Executive Vice President and Acting Chief Financial Officer of Oriental Financial Group Inc, certify that:

 

1.               I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Oriental Financial Group Inc.;

 

1.               Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

2.               Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

3.               The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) for the registrant and have:

 

a)              Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)             Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c)              Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

4.               The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)              All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)             Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Date: September 22, 2003

 

 

By

/s/Norberto González

 

 

Norberto González

 

Executive Vice President

 

Acting Chief Financial Officer

 


EX-32.1 9 a03-3492_1ex32d1.htm EX-32.1

EXHIBIT 32.1

 

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

(18 U.S.C. §1350)

 

In connection with Oriental Financial Group Inc.’s (“Oriental”) annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, José E. Fernández, Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer of Oriental, hereby certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. §1350), that:

 

1.                                       The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a)  or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2.                                       The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Oriental.

 

In witness whereof, I execute this certification in San Juan, Puerto Rico, this 22nd day of September, 2003.

 

 

 

/s/ José Enrique Fernández

 

 

José Enrique Fernández

 

Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive Officer

 


EX-32.2 10 a03-3492_1ex32d2.htm EX-32.2

EXHIBIT 32.2

 

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

(18 U.S.C. §1350)

 

In connection with Oriental Financial Group Inc.’s (“Oriental”) annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Norberto González, Executive Vice President and Acting Chief Financial Officer of Oriental, hereby certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. §1350), that:

 

1.               The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a)  or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2.               The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Oriental.

 

In witness whereof, I execute this certification in San Juan, Puerto Rico, this          day of                 , 2003.

 

 

 

/s/ Norberto González

 

 

Norberto González

 

Executive Vice President

 

Acting Chief Financial Officer

 


EX-99.1 11 a03-3492_1ex99d1.htm EX-99.1

Exhibit 99.1

 

 

 

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

254 Munoz Rivera Avenue

BBVA Tower, 9th Floor

Halo Rey, PR 00918

Telephone: (787) 754 9090

Facsimile: (787) 766 1094

 

Report of Independent Accountants

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Oriental Financial Group Inc.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated statements of income, of changes in stockholders' equity, of comprehensive income, and of cash flows for the year ended June 30, 2001 (appearing on pages F3 through F35 of Oriental Financial Group Inc.'s 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders which has been incorporated by reference in this From 10-K) present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Oriental Financial Group Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Group") for the year ended June 30, 2001, in conformity with accounting principals generally accepted in the United States of America.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Groups' management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.  We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the account principals used to significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

 

San Juan, Puerto Rico

 

August 17, 2001

 

CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
(OF PUERTO RICO)

License No. 216 Expires Dec. 1, 2004
Stamp 1910353 of the P.R. Society of
Certified Public Accountants has bee
affixed to the file copy of this report

 


GRAPHIC 12 g34921knimage002.gif GRAPHIC begin 644 g34921knimage002.gif M1TE&.#=A\``:`'<``"'^&E-O9G1W87)E.B!-:6-R;W-O9G0@3V9F:6-E`"P` M````\``:`(0````1$1$S,S,B(B)$1$15555F9F9W=W>9F9F(B(BJJJJ[N[O, MS,S=W=WN[N[___\!`@,!`@,!`@,!`@,!`@,!`@,!`@,!`@,!`@,!`@,!`@,! M`@,!`@,!`@,!`@,!`@,$__!)ATHA1)!REI-@*(YD:9YHJJYL*S8)$0!`0"2- MJ^]A@QB;(&9H4'Q`#$/`%AP,!`<&;TJM6J\2'V&P.0`#7`5VC"P,EFAT;3DP MY"2,`H"`6-@KX,.;?'4T_H`-#'M\A24-!P)M"H,-"P9/8H95#@4S-)B9F5`@ M"P0`;B&>``(+A@Y'(J@DJ1(+7@:QL@A2DU<^"0@(N9(PBE$O!AVV4PX,`YK) MF@,@"@(!":T/2@()AKNU2+JM#@LX(0H&%\@;!=_$50A.%A8'J`E.[B0,#-+H M*PX*FI>8:C0!S988$0$O@)M`W!HD_',$E4)`S^2!..#$%(@&9CSX0?7!4P"- M]O\<,M3A9V0(/ZI6L3H0H)2=!5(8"`!0(-N$D@I/`I+VD&'#C0\_B%3(T^1) M!)=:"ECJA,L%130F)%A"2$)!#4LU`'O`X,"-BXF>%##B"6L&&M'*D+(H08%! MA178.@M@+TL"K`**M/#E1*\K"VP?+.!PB.4!53($(%`51U$;BPQB+#60K0$& MLP@^*+B<@8"!!Q7,GG,@^;$J!/_<,("Y>H$"1MZ029U3==J9,S=BM(QI)JT" M,P<0)'(SE<"!!`F\`M`#`L',`0,?P/CX8/.`M-6?U.5JR4`"2(JEO][30$'F MMEN"WPU?78,D">HDBDAR/56W&:%`4%B:*Q&!U1D6SA2F# M5?/0>`)-!6G<54&P`7H]P3-&"Y`!OVI9UH.X' M,43C"0+6Y4"?*;T=98.'`F@)";D+#_Y`=X3DZL86UG1B024$(K$JIX+X4>.H M]CD[W__2K3004:X)T..<2V;00L\'#+14!SP$3G==/:P<6H0"T0BC2\-<0`+I M5->9Y]42E+4WAQ-T'/&A.S+(U\D2Y5ASC,SY#+`F14;P0!@B47Q"`-F@@!%%\0R;",8)M%"$]<#TAH[_O61-%&""#?9@ M#"64J7%^PYDC=A&+#?B@C5'!"-J05(^&3"4*`[L(!HP@D!%,1P\J<<#`9%(@ MZJTL"CP4QH<"8`1>71$*NLC,L'X3HC=@"I*Y\)0=@"B"T06J#39IF`=88@,X M<8<]KIC)IZS2IL"`!@S]G.BL31RQ6(UTL07U^<%6)SI-#<(6G,'1 M+FR4C$HZ8)INUH4&?P$&>LA,X6#@B M`ZO)7W:\!@AH"H*3^I&EXLAC`112I"4G\L0B7O,#9$1S80!#68WN=Y+D)0EM M5=E1$WL@!P7`X`FPVY*I,`2=<'R2_V-2V@PFVH/*$0QK,:CB!&@"5P__22,. M'^&&FS@03-(8A`.K8=8?7J&AR$"H6/L,VWX\5@DAN=1INVJ#'X3HQ&I,(T<^ M(EQDL.4:(%AO63(`!2&V18!".:-,$3U@ZU"3LRR4;C[/\,!@D'I$H0I39FFB M1XC",8!^;71T0W2B].B6M*!*C"5+=,0Y`<`(0$@`$F%HCJ,8<9<&ZN,_;3LJ M&ED9L)%&3@G6HA^?`"F=#P5/EENS@"^5%`7SZ"(7W_$G(58FI(4E82G96MBP M])"R:UY+1CY9P!),$;WKV-)\K@UC3>`1C5G-)$W\..H_1S"Z6@SK1"+K2(!6 M(Z(D120YQ__1V1)>92CFE>='^ED`*:*XA>]YJD3!D@'!2-LX9]Q@-2*S"*8> M\PH9O:!&0*66''I%$/?$-"^CJT,XWB*8_4DC7]X1$9S050L6A0@FKP"E'[GZ M"MJDZ3880$941+7*$?PFF&VIIU<(YA$P*$80XK@`!N1!*<*]LF@4\$L9_HD^ M]X'`A02[,+R(-0%%Q%@&38FO<_Z!5':EC%3S&:@K]P.&EGQCO4NHQA&Z,MRV M>$7$U0"0\L9:Y$K&#AJ/H$%-&+`+6MP%$YX#Q786QBXRYX`C^C$2&,D,%)7P MRB9(X12;1X"2"3"`@0OS";L<(EOYJ=8]/3B2+=/L&D98[`=L:FS7[&C0P`F4 M)VRV1,5+!IWGISED([GTXVH@O1UP:2`I;8(%5#"!J5B1` GRAPHIC 13 g34921kwimage002.gif GRAPHIC begin 644 g34921kwimage002.gif M1TE&.#=A\``:`'<``"'^&E-O9G1W87)E.B!-:6-R;W-O9G0@3V9F:6-E`"P` M````\``:`(0````1$1$S,S,B(B)$1$15555F9F9W=W>9F9F(B(BJJJJ[N[O, MS,S=W=WN[N[___\!`@,!`@,!`@,!`@,!`@,!`@,!`@,!`@,!`@,!`@,!`@,! M`@,!`@,!`@,!`@,!`@,$__!)ATHA1)!REI-@*(YD:9YHJJYL*S8)$0!`0"2- MJ^]A@QB;(&9H4'Q`#$/`%AP,!`<&;TJM6J\2'V&P.0`#7`5VC"P,EFAT;3DP MY"2,`H"`6-@KX,.;?'4T_H`-#'M\A24-!P)M"H,-"P9/8H95#@4S-)B9F5`@ M"P0`;B&>``(+A@Y'(J@DJ1(+7@:QL@A2DU<^"0@(N9(PBE$O!AVV4PX,`YK) MF@,@"@(!":T/2@()AKNU2+JM#@LX(0H&%\@;!=_$50A.%A8'J`E.[B0,#-+H M*PX*FI>8:C0!S988$0$O@)M`W!HD_',$E4)`S^2!..#$%(@&9CSX0?7!4P"- M]O\<,M3A9V0(/ZI6L3H0H)2=!5(8"`!0(-N$D@I/`I+VD&'#C0\_B%3(T^1) M!)=:"ECJA,L%130F)%A"2$)!#4LU`'O`X,"-BXF>%##B"6L&&M'*D+(H08%! MA178.@M@+TL"K`**M/#E1*\K"VP?+.!PB.4!53($(%`51U$;BPQB+#60K0$& MLP@^*+B<@8"!!Q7,GG,@^;$J!/_<,("Y>H$"1MZ029U3==J9,S=BM(QI)JT" M,P<0)'(SE<"!!`F\`M`#`L',`0,?P/CX8/.`M-6?U.5JR4`"2(JEO][30$'F MMEN"WPU?78,D">HDBDAR/56W&:%`4%B:*Q&!U1D6SA2F# M5?/0>`)-!6G<54&P`7H]P3-&"Y`!OVI9UH.X' M,43C"0+6Y4"?*;T=98.'`F@)";D+#_Y`=X3DZL86UG1B024$(K$JIX+X4>.H M]CD[W__2K3004:X)T..<2V;00L\'#+14!SP$3G==/:P<6H0"T0BC2\-<0`+I M5->9Y]42E+4WAQ-T'/&A.S+(U\D2Y5ASC,SY#+`F14;P0!@B47Q"`-F@@!%%\0R;",8)M%"$]<#TAH[_O61-%&""#?9@ M#"64J7%^PYDC=A&+#?B@C5'!"-J05(^&3"4*`[L(!HP@D!%,1P\J<<#`9%(@ MZJTL"CP4QH<"8`1>71$*NLC,L'X3HC=@"I*Y\)0=@"B"T06J#39IF`=88@,X M<8<]KIC)IZS2IL"`!@S]G.BL31RQ6(UTL07U^<%6)SI-#<(6G,'1 M+FR4C$HZ8)INUH4&?P$&>LA,X6#@B M`ZO)7W:\!@AH"H*3^I&EXLAC`112I"4G\L0B7O,#9$1S80!#68WN=Y+D)0EM M5=E1$WL@!P7`X`FPVY*I,`2=<'R2_V-2V@PFVH/*$0QK,:CB!&@"5P__22,. M'^&&FS@03-(8A`.K8=8?7J&AR$"H6/L,VWX\5@DAN=1INVJ#'X3HQ&I,(T<^ M(EQDL.4:(%AO63(`!2&V18!".:-,$3U@ZU"3LRR4;C[/\,!@D'I$H0I39FFB M1XC",8!^;71T0W2B].B6M*!*C"5+=,0Y`<`(0$@`$F%HCJ,8<9<&ZN,_;3LJ M&ED9L)%&3@G6HA^?`"F=#P5/EENS@"^5%`7SZ"(7W_$G(58FI(4E82G96MBP M])"R:UY+1CY9P!),$;WKV-)\K@UC3>`1C5G-)$W\..H_1S"Z6@SK1"+K2(!6 M(Z(D120YQ__1V1)>92CFE>='^ED`*:*XA>]YJD3!D@'!2-LX9]Q@-2*S"*8> M\PH9O:!&0*66''I%$/?$-"^CJT,XWB*8_4DC7]X1$9S050L6A0@FKP"E'[GZ M"MJDZ3880$941+7*$?PFF&VIIU<(YA$P*$80XK@`!N1!*<*]LF@4\$L9_HD^ M]X'`A02[,+R(-0%%Q%@&38FO<_Z!5':EC%3S&:@K]P.&EGQCO4NHQA&Z,MRV M>$7$U0"0\L9:Y$K&#AJ/H$%-&+`+6MP%$YX#Q786QBXRYX`C^C$2&,D,%)7P MRB9(X12;1X"2"3"`@0OS";L<(EOYJ=8]/3B2+=/L&D98[`=L:FS7[&C0P`F4 M)VRV1,5+!IWGISED([GTXVH@O1UP:2`I;8(%5#"!J5B1`
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----